This paper was converted on www.awesomepapers.org from LaTeX by an anonymous user.
Want to know more? Visit the Converter page.

Nonrepetitive Graph Colouring

David R. Wood222School of Mathematics, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia ([email protected]).
Research supported by the Australian Research Council.
Abstract

A vertex colouring of a graph GG is nonrepetitive if GG contains no path for which the first half of the path is assigned the same sequence of colours as the second half. Thue’s famous theorem says that every path is nonrepetitively 3-colourable. This paper surveys results about nonrepetitive colourings of graphs. The goal is to give a unified and comprehensive presentation of the major results and proof methods, as well as to highlight numerous open problems.

1 Introduction

In 1906, Thue [138] constructed arbitrarily long words w_1w_2w_{\_}1w_{\_}2\ldots on an alphabet of three symbols with no repeated consecutive blocks; that is, there are no integers i,ki,k\in\mathbb{N} such that w_iw_i+1w_i+k1=w_i+kw_i+k+1w_i+2k1w_{\_}iw_{\_}{i+1}\dots w_{\_}{i+k-1}=w_{\_}{i+k}w_{\_}{i+k+1}\dots w_{\_}{i+2k-1}. Such a word is called square-free. Thue’s Theorem is a foundational result in the combinatorics of words (see the surveys [21, 20, 22, 39, 103, 104, 36, 19]) and has also found applications in semi-group theory [30], dynamics [109, 125], and most famously in the solution of the Burnside problem for groups by Novikov and Adjan [115, 116, 117].

In 2002, Alon et al. [8] introduced a graph-theoretic generalisation of square-free words. They defined a vertex colouring of a graph to be nonrepetitive if there is no path for which the first half of the path is assigned the same sequence of colours as the second half. Thue’s Theorem says that every path is nonrepetitively 3-colourable. Nonrepetitive graph colouring is interesting for several reasons:

  • It is a natural marriage of two major areas of combinatorial mathematics, combinatorics of words and graph colouring.

  • Several advanced techniques have been used to obtain results in nonrepetitive graph colouring, such as the Lovász Local Lemma, entropy compression, layered treewidth, and product structure theorems. Indeed, in some cases, nonrepetitive graph colouring has motivated the development of these general-purpose tools that have then been applied to other areas.

  • Nonrepetitive graph colouring is one of the most illustrative examples of the use of the Lovász Local Lemma, since it requires the Lovász Local Lemma in its full generality. I recommend teaching Proposition 3.13 in any course on the probabilistic method.

  • Nonrepetitive graph colouring turns out to be a central concept in graph sparsity. Indeed, graph classes with bounded expansion can be characterised in terms of nonrepetitive colorings (see Theorem 7.4).

  • One of the most important recent developments in algorithmic graph theory has been the constructive proof of the Lovász Local Lemma due to Moser and Tardos [110]. This lead to what Terry Tao dubbed the ‘entropy compression’ method. Nonrepetitive graph colouring was one of the first applications of this method that showed that entropy compression can give better results than those obtained using the Lovász Local Lemma [48, 76].

  • Several recent papers have presented generalised Moser–Tardos frameworks improving the original work in various ways [1, 82, 80, 83, 85]. Nonrepetitive graph colouring has been a key test case here. One reason for this is that when modelling nonrepetitive colouring using the Lovász Local Lemma the number of bad events (one for each even path) grows exponentially with the size of the graph, which is an obstacle for polynomial-time algorithms.

This paper surveys results about nonrepetitive colourings of graphs. The goal is to give a unified and comprehensive presentation of the major results and proof methods from the literature, to highlight numerous open problems, and to present a couple of original theorems. For previous surveys, see [6, 70, 72, 33, 69, 134].

1.1 Path-Nonrepetitive Colourings

We consider finite undirected graphs with no loops or parallel edges. A colouring of a graph GG is a function ϕ\phi that assigns a ‘colour’ to each vertex of GG. A colouring ϕ\phi of GG is a kk-colouring if |{ϕ(v):vV(G)}|k|\{\phi(v):v\in V(G)\}|\leqslant k. A colouring ϕ\phi of GG is proper if ϕ(v)ϕ(w)\phi(v)\neq\phi(w) for each edge vwE(G)vw\in E(G). The chromatic number χ(G)\chi(G) is the minimum integer kk for which there exists a proper kk-colouring of GG. If ϕ\phi is a colouring of GG, then a sequence (v_1,v_2,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) of vertices in GG is ϕ\phi-repetitive if ϕ(v_i)=ϕ(v_t+i)\phi(v_{\_}i)=\phi(v_{\_}{t+i}) for each i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. A ϕ\phi-repetitive sequence is also said to be repetitively coloured by ϕ\phi. A walk in a graph GG is a sequence (v_1,v_2,,v_t)(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{t}) of vertices in GG such that v_iv_i+1E(G)v_{\_}iv_{\_}{i+1}\in E(G) for each i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\}. A path in a graph GG is a walk (v_1,v_2,,v_t)(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{t}) in GG such that v_iv_jv_{\_}i\neq v_{\_}j for all distinct i,j{1,,t}i,j\in\{1,\dots,t\}.

A colouring ϕ\phi of a graph GG is path-nonrepetitive, or simply nonrepetitive, if no path of GG is ϕ\phi-repetitive. The (path-)nonrepetitive chromatic number π(G)\pi(G) is the minimum integer kk such that GG admits a nonrepetitive kk-colouring. Note that π(G)\pi(G) is also called the Thue chromatic number or square-free chromatic number of GG. Thue’s theorem mentioned above says that paths are nonrepetitively 3-colourable. Every path-nonrepetitive colouring is proper, as otherwise like-coloured adjacent vertices would form a repetitively coloured path on 2 vertices. Moreover, every nonrepetitive colouring has no 22-coloured P_4P_{\_}4 (a path on four vertices). A proper colouring with no 22-coloured P_4P_{\_}4 is called a star colouring since each bichromatic subgraph is a star forest; see [3, 68, 61, 26, 146, 111]. The star chromatic number χs(G)\chi_{\text{s}}(G) is the minimum number of colours in a proper colouring of GG with no 22-coloured P_4P_{\_}4. Thus

χ(G)χs(G)π(G).\chi(G)\leqslant\chi_{\text{s}}(G)\leqslant\pi(G). (1)

Starting with the seminal work of Alon et al. [8], nonrepetitive colourings of graphs have now been widely studied, including for the following graph classes: cycles [38], trees [28, 99, 62], outerplanar graphs [99, 15], graphs with bounded treewidth [99, 15], graphs with bounded degree [8, 70, 81, 48, 83, 130], graphs excluding a fixed immersion [145], planar graphs [86, 123, 124, 14, 131, 88, 88, 27, 47, 46], graphs embeddable on a fixed surface [46, 52], graphs excluding a fixed minor [46, 52], graphs excluding a fixed topological minor [46, 52], and graph subdivisions [70, 17, 106, 121, 113, 77, 48]. Table 1 summarises many of these results.

Table 1: Lower and upper bounds on π\pi and σ\sigma for various graph classes.
graph class π\pi σ\sigma reference
paths 33 44 §3.1
cycles 343\dots 4 454\dots 5 §3.2
pathwidth kk k+12k2+6k+1k+1\dots 2k^{2}+6k+1 (2k2+6k+1)(kΔ+1)(2k^{2}+6k+1)(k\,\Delta+1) §4.3
trees 44 Δ+14Δ\Delta+1\dots 4\Delta §4.1
outerplanar 7127\dots 12 Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta) §4.5
treewidth kk (k+22)4k\binom{k+2}{2}\ldots 4^{k} O(min{4kkΔ,k2Δ2})O(\min\{4^{k}k\Delta,k^{2}\Delta^{2}\}) §4.2,4.4
planar 1176811\dots 768 Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta) §5.1
Euler genus gg Ω(g3/5/log1/5g)O(g)\Omega(g^{3/5}/\log^{1/5}g)\dots O(g) O(gΔ)O(g\Delta) §5.2
excluded minor Θ(1)\Theta(1) Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta) §5.3
excluded topo. minor Θ(1)\Theta(1) Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta) §5.3
max degree Δ\Delta Ω(Δ2/logΔ)(1+o(1))Δ2\Omega(\Delta^{2}/\log\Delta)\dots(1+o(1))\Delta^{2} ? §3.3

1.2 Walk-Nonrepetitive Colourings

While path-nonrepetitive colourings are the focus of this survey, we also present results about colourings of graphs that are nonrepetitive on walks, previously studied in [16, 17, 13]. A walk (v_1,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) in a graph is boring if v_i=v_t+iv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{t+i} for each i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Every colouring of a boring walk is repetitive. So Barát and Wood [17] defined a colouring to be walk-nonrepetitive if every repetitively coloured walk is boring. For a graph GG, the walk-nonrepetitive chromatic number σ(G)\sigma(G) is the minimum number of colours in a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of GG. Bounds on σ\sigma for various classes are presented in Table 1.

1.3 Stroll-Nonrepetitive Colourings

The following notion sits between paths and walks, and is important for many proofs that follow. A stroll in a graph GG is a walk (v_1,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) such that v_iv_t+iv_{\_}i\neq v_{\_}{t+i} for each i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. A colouring of GG is stroll-nonrepetitive if no stroll is repetitively coloured. For a graph GG, the stroll-nonrepetitive chromatic number ρ(G)\rho(G) is the minimum number of colours in a stroll-nonrepetitive colouring of GG. Every walk-nonrepetitive colouring is stroll-nonrepetitive and every stroll-nonrepetitive colouring is path-nonrepetitive. Thus every graph GG satisfies

π(G)ρ(G)σ(G).\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant\sigma(G).

At first glance the definition of stroll-nonreptitive may seem arbitrary. However, stroll-nonreptitive colourings play a central role. First, they appear in the characterisation of walk-nonrepetitive colourings (Lemma 2.6). Second, several results for path-nonrepetitive colourings can be strengthened for stroll-nonrepetitive colourings, and this strengthening is sometimes needed in the proof. This includes the breakthrough result for planar graphs (Theorem 5.1 using Lemma 2.16). Despite the importance of stroll-nonreptitive colourings, the following fundamental questions remain unsolved.

Open Problem 1.1.

Is there a function ff such that ρ(G)f(π(G))\rho(G)\leqslant f(\pi(G)) for every graph GG? It is possible that π(G)=ρ(G)\pi(G)=\rho(G) for every graph GG.

1.4 List Colourings

Some results about nonrepetitive colouring hold in the stronger setting of list colourings, which we now introduce. Let GG be a graph. A list-assignment of GG is a function LL that assigns each vertex vv of GG a set L(v)L(v), whose elements are called colours. If |L(v)|k|L(v)|\geqslant k for each vertex vv of GG, then LL is a kk-list-assignment. An LL-colouring of GG is a function ϕ\phi such that ϕ(v)L(v)\phi(v)\in L(v) for each vertex vv of GG. The list chromatic number χ_ch(G)\chi_{\_}{\textup{ch}}(G) (also called choosability of GG) is the minimum integer kk such that GG has a proper LL-colouring for every kk-list-assignment LL of GG. List chromatic number is widely studied in the literature. These notions naturally extend to nonrepetitive colourings. The (path-)nonrepetitive list chromatic number πch(G)\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G) is the minimum integer kk such that GG has a nonrepetitive LL-colouring for every kk-list-assignment LL of GG.

1.5 Structure

This survey is structured as follows. Section 2 presents definitions and tools that will be used for the main results that follow. Section 3 contains results about nonrepetitive colourings of graphs with bounded degree. Most of the material here is based on the Lovász Local Lemma and related methods. Section 4 begins our study of nonrepetitive colourings of structured graph classes by looking at trees and graphs of bounded treewidth. This study continues in Section 5, where we consider planar graphs and other minor-closed classes. Section 6 considers nonrepetitive colourings of graph subdivisions. This material is important for Section 7 which looks at connections between nonrpetitive colourings and graph expansion.

This survey aims to present most of the main results about nonrepetitive graph colouring. Nevertheless, several relevant areas have been omitted, including game-theoretic generalisations [75, 73, 119, 78], anagram-free colouring [41, 143, 89, 144, 31, 32, 122, 90], geometric variants [74, 141, 57], kk-power-free colourings [97, 7], the Thue sequence of a graph [93], and computational complexity issues [106, 105] (testing whether a given colouring of a graph is nonrepetitive is co-NP-complete, even for 4-colourings [106]).

2 Tools

2.1 Definitions

We use standard graph-theoretic terminology and notation [43].

Let dist_G(u,v)\operatorname{dist}_{\_}G(u,v) be the distance between vertices uu and vv in a graph GG. For a vertex vv in a graph GG and rr\in\mathbb{N}, let N_rG(v)N^{r}_{\_}G(v) be the set of vertices of GG at distance exactly rr from vv, and let N_rG[v]N^{r}_{\_}G[v] be the set of vertices at distance at most rr from vv. The set N_rG[v]N^{r}_{\_}G[v] is called an rr-ball.

The cartesian product of graphs AA and BB, denoted by ABA\square B, is the graph with vertex set V(A)×V(B)V(A)\times V(B), where distinct vertices (v,x),(w,y)V(A)×V(B)(v,x),(w,y)\in V(A)\times V(B) are adjacent if: v=wv=w and xyE(B)xy\in E(B); or x=yx=y and vwE(A)vw\in E(A). The direct product of AA and BB, denoted by A×BA\times B, is the graph with vertex set V(A)×V(B)V(A)\times V(B), where distinct vertices (v,x),(w,y)V(A)×V(B)(v,x),(w,y)\in V(A)\times V(B) are adjacent if vwE(A)vw\in E(A) and xyE(B)xy\in E(B). The strong product of AA and BB, denoted by ABA\boxtimes B, is the union of ABA\square B and A×BA\times B. If XX is a subgraph of some product ABA\ast B, then the projection of XX into AA is the set of vertices vV(A)v\in V(A) such that (v,w)V(X)(v,w)\in V(X) for some wV(B)w\in V(B).

A subdivision of a graph GG is a graph GG^{\prime} obtained from GG by replacing each edge vwvw of GG by a path P_vwP_{\_}{vw} with endpoints vv and ww, where the P_vwP_{\_}{vw} are pairwise internally disjoint. If each path P_vwP_{\_}{vw} has exactly dd internal vertices, then GG^{\prime} is the dd-subdivision of GG, denoted by G(d)G^{(d)}. If each path P_vwP_{\_}{vw} has at least dd internal vertices, then GG^{\prime} is a (d)(\geqslant d)-subdivision. If each path P_vwP_{\_}{vw} has at most dd internal vertices, then GG^{\prime} is a (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision.

A graph HH is a minor of a graph GG if a graph isomorphic to HH can be obtained from a subgraph of GG by contracting edges. A graph class 𝒢\mathcal{G} is minor-closed if for every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G}, every minor of GG is in 𝒢\mathcal{G}. A graph HH is a topological minor of GG if some subgraph of GG is isomorphic to a subdivision of HH.

A graph parameter is a function λ\lambda such that λ(G)\lambda(G) is a non-negative real number for every graph GG, and λ(G_1)=λ(G_2)\lambda(G_{\_}1)=\lambda(G_{\_}2) for all isomorphic graphs G_1G_{\_}1 and G_2G_{\_}2. Examples include the chromatic number χ\chi, the nonrepetitive chromatic number π\pi, etc. If λ\lambda and μ\mu are graph parameters, then λ\lambda is bounded by μ\mu if for some function ff, we have λ(G)f(μ(G))\lambda(G)\leqslant f(\mu(G)) for every graph GG. Parameters λ\lambda and μ\mu are tied if λ\lambda is bounded by μ\mu and μ\mu is bounded by λ\lambda.

2.2 Naive Upper Bound

Consider the following naive upper bound, where α(G)\alpha(G) is the size of the largest independent set in GG.

Lemma 2.1.

For every graph GG,

χs(G)π(G)ρ(G)|V(G)|α(G)+1.\chi_{\text{s}}(G)\leqslant\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant|V(G)|-\alpha(G)+1.

For every complete multipartite graph GG,

χs(G)=π(G)=ρ(G)=|V(G)|α(G)+1.\chi_{\text{s}}(G)=\pi(G)=\rho(G)=|V(G)|-\alpha(G)+1.
Proof.

Let XX be an independent set in GG with |X|=α(G)|X|=\alpha(G). Assign each vertex in V(G)XV(G)\setminus X a unique colour. Assign the vertices in XX one further colour. Suppose that there is a repetitively coloured stroll P=(v_1,,v_2t)P=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) in GG. Since XX is an independent set, some vertex v_iv_{\_}i is in V(G)XV(G)\setminus X. Without loss of generality, i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Since v_t+iv_{\_}{t+i} is assigned the same colour as v_iv_{\_}i and v_iv_{\_}i is the only vertex assigned its colour, v_i=v_t+iv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{t+i}. Thus PP is not a stroll, and GG is stroll-nonrepetitively coloured. Thus χs(G)π(G)ρ(G)|V(G)|α(G)+1\chi_{\text{s}}(G)\leqslant\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant|V(G)|-\alpha(G)+1.

Now consider a complete multipartite graph GG with colour classes X_1,,X_kX_{\_}1,\dots,X_{\_}k with α(G)=|X_1||X_k|\alpha(G)=|X_{\_}1|\geqslant\dots\geqslant|X_{\_}k|. Consider a star colouring of GG. Distinct sets X_iX_{\_}i and X_jX_{\_}j are assigned disjoint sets of colours. Say X_iX_{\_}i is rainbow if X_iX_{\_}i is assigned |X_i||X_{\_}i| colours. If distinct sets X_iX_{\_}i and X_jX_{\_}j are both not rainbow, then two vertices in X_iX_{\_}i are assigned the same colour, and two vertices in X_jX_{\_}j are assigned the same colour, implying there is monochromatic 4-vertex path. Thus at least k1k-1 of X_1,,X_kX_{\_}1,\dots,X_{\_}k are rainbow. The remaining set is assigned at least one colour. Thus for some i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}, the total number of colours is at least 1+_ji|X_j|1+n|X_1|=nα(G)+11+\sum_{\_}{j\neq i}|X_{\_}j|\geqslant 1+n-|X_{\_}1|=n-\alpha(G)+1. Thus ρ(G)π(G)χs(G)nα(G)+1\rho(G)\geqslant\pi(G)\geqslant\chi_{\text{s}}(G)\geqslant n-\alpha(G)+1. ∎

2.3 Extremal Questions

This section studies the maximum number of edges in a nonrepetitively coloured graph. Barát and Wood [17] determined the answer precisely for path-nonrepetitive colouring.

Proposition 2.2 ([17]).

For all integer nc1n\geqslant c\geqslant 1 the maximum number of edges in an nn-vertex graph GG with π(G)c\pi(G)\leqslant c equals (c1)n(c2)(c-1)n-\binom{c}{2}.

Proof.

Say GG is an nn-vertex graph with π(G)c\pi(G)\leqslant c. Fix a path-nonrepetitive cc-colouring of GG. Say there are n_in_{\_}i vertices in the ii-th colour class. Every cycle receives at least three colours. Thus the subgraph induced by the vertices coloured ii and jj is a forest, and has at most n_i+n_j1n_{\_}i+n_{\_}j-1 edges. Hence the number of edges in GG is at most

_1i<jc(n_i+n_j1)=_1ic(c1)n_i(c2)=(c1)n(c2).\sum_{\_}{1\leqslant i<j\leqslant c}(n_{\_}i+n_{\_}j-1)=\sum_{\_}{1\leqslant i\leqslant c}(c-1)n_{\_}i-\binom{c}{2}=(c-1)n-\binom{c}{2}.

This bound is attained by the graph consisting of a complete graph K_c1K_{\_}{c-1} completely joined to an independent set of n(c1)n-(c-1) vertices, which obviously has a path-nonrepetitive cc-colouring. ∎

The same answer applies for stroll-nonrepetitive colourings.

Proposition 2.3.

For all integer nc1n\geqslant c\geqslant 1 the maximum number of edges in an nn-vertex graph GG with ρ(G)c\rho(G)\leqslant c equals (c1)n(c2)(c-1)n-\binom{c}{2}.

Proof.

If ρ(G)c\rho(G)\leqslant c then π(G)c\pi(G)\leqslant c, implying E(G)|(c1)|V(G)|(c2)E(G)|\leqslant(c-1)|V(G)|-\binom{c}{2} by Proposition 2.2. This bound is tight since the example given in the proof of Proposition 2.2 obviously has a stroll-nonrepetitive cc-colouring. ∎

Now consider the maximum number of edges in a walk-nonrepetitive coloured graph. First note that the example in the proof of Proposition 2.2 is walk-repetitive. Since σ(G)Δ(G)+1\sigma(G)\geqslant\Delta(G)+1 and |E(G)|12Δ(G)|V(G)||E(G)|\leqslant\tfrac{1}{2}\Delta(G)|V(G)|, we have the trivial upper bound,

|E(G)|12(σ(G)1)|V(G)|.|E(G)|\leqslant\tfrac{1}{2}(\sigma(G)-1)|V(G)|.

This bound is tight for σ=2\sigma=2 (matchings) and σ=3\sigma=3 (cycles), but is not known to be tight for σ4\sigma\geqslant 4.

We have the following lower bound.

Proposition 2.4 ([17]).

For all p1p\geqslant 1, there are infinitely many graphs GG with σ(G)4p\sigma(G)\leqslant 4p and

|E(G)|18(3σ(G)4)|V(G)|19σ(G)2.|E(G)|\geqslant\tfrac{1}{8}(3\sigma(G)-4)|V(G)|-\tfrac{1}{9}\sigma(G)^{2}.
Proof.

Let G:=P_nK_G:=P_{\_}n\boxtimes K_{\_}\ell. By Lemmas 2.18 and 3.3, σ(G)4\sigma(G)\leqslant 4\ell. Note that |E(G)|=12(31)|V(G)|2|E(G)|=\tfrac{1}{2}(3\ell-1)|V(G)|-\ell^{2}. As a lower bound, σ(G)Δ(G)+1=3\sigma(G)\geqslant\Delta(G)+1=3\ell. Thus |E(G)|12(3σ(G)/41)|V(G)|(σ(G)/3)2|E(G)|\geqslant\tfrac{1}{2}(3\sigma(G)/4-1)|V(G)|-(\sigma(G)/3)^{2}. ∎

Open Problem 2.5.

What is the maximum number of edges in an nn-vertex graph GG with σ(G)c\sigma(G)\leqslant c?

2.4 Walk-nonrepetitive Colourings

The following result (implicit in [17] and explicit in [13]) characterises walk-nonrepetitive colourings. It provides our first example of the value of considering stroll-nonrepetitive colourings. Let G2G^{2} be the square graph of GG. That is, V(G2)=V(G)V(G^{2})=V(G), and vwE(G2)vw\in E(G^{2}) if and only if the distance between vv and ww in GG is at most 22. A proper colouring of G2G^{2} is called a distance-22 colouring of GG.

Lemma 2.6 ([17]).

A colouring of a graph is walk-nonrepetitive if and only if it is stroll-nonrepetitive and distance-2.

Proof.

It follows from the definition that every walk-nonrepetitive colouring is stroll-nonrepetitive. Consider a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of a graph GG. Adjacent vertices vv and ww receive distinct colours, as otherwise v,wv,w would be a repetitively coloured path. If u,v,wu,v,w is a path, and uu and ww receive the same colour, then the non-boring walk u,v,w,vu,v,w,v is repetitively coloured. Thus vertices at distance at most 22 receive distinct colours.

Now we prove the converse. Let cc be a stroll-nonrepetitive distance-2 colouring of GG. Suppose for the sake of contradiction that GG contains a non-boring repetitively coloured walk W=(v_1,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}). Since cc is stroll-nonrepetitive, v_i=v_t+iv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{t+i} for some i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Since WW is not boring, v_jv_t+jv_{\_}j\neq v_{\_}{t+j} for some j{1,,t}j\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Choose such ii and jj to minimise |ij||i-j|. Then |ji|=1|j-i|=1. Thus v_iN[v_j]N[v_t+j]v_{\_}i\in N[v_{\_}j]\cap N[v_{\_}{t+j}] and dist_G(v_j,v_t+j)2\operatorname{dist}_{\_}G(v_{\_}j,v_{\_}{t+j})\leqslant 2. Hence v_jv_{\_}j and v_t+jv_{\_}{t+j} are assigned distinct colours, and WW is not repetitively coloured. This contradiction shows that GG contains no non-boring repetitively coloured walk. That is, cc is walk-nonrepetitive. ∎

Lemma 2.6 implies the following bounds on σ(G)\sigma(G).

Corollary 2.7.

For every graph GG,

max{ρ(G),Δ(G)+1}max{ρ(G),χ(G2)}σ(G)ρ(G)χ(G2)ρ(G)(Δ(G)2+1).\max\{\rho(G),\Delta(G)+1\}\leqslant\max\{\rho(G),\chi(G^{2})\}\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\,\chi(G^{2})\leqslant\rho(G)\,(\Delta(G)^{2}+1).
Proof.

The lower bounds on σ(G)\sigma(G) follow directly from Lemma 2.6 and since G2G^{2} has a clique on Δ(G)+1\Delta(G)+1 vertices. The upper bound σ(G)ρ(G)χ(G2)\sigma(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\,\chi(G^{2}) is proved by considering the product of a stroll-nonrepetitive colouring and a distance-2 colouring. The final upper bound follows since χ(G2)Δ(G2)+1Δ(G)2+1\chi(G^{2})\leqslant\Delta(G^{2})+1\leqslant\Delta(G)^{2}+1. ∎

A graph GG is dd-degenerate if every subgraph of GG has minimum degree at most dd. A greedy algorithm shows that every dd-degenerate graph is (d+1)(d+1)-colourable. For a dd-degenerate graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta, the square G2G^{2} is dΔd\Delta-degenerate and (dΔ+1)(d\Delta+1)-colourable. Thus Corollary 2.7 implies:

Corollary 2.8.

For every dd-degenerate graph GG,

σ(G)ρ(G)(dΔ(G)+1).\sigma(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\,(d\,\Delta(G)+1).

It is not obvious that there is a finite algorithm to test if a given colouring of a graph is walk-nonrepetitive. However, the following lemma by Barát and Wood [17] implies that to test if a colouring of an nn-vertex graph is walk-nonrepetitive, one need only test whether walks of length at most 2n22n^{2} are nonrepetitive. A similar result for edge-colourings was previously proved by Barát and Varjú [16].

Proposition 2.9 ([17]).

Suppose that in some coloured graph, there is a repetitively coloured non-boring walk. Then there is a repetitively coloured non-boring walk of order kk and length at most 2k22k^{2}.

Proof.

Let kk be the minimum order of a repetitively coloured non-boring walk. Let W=(v_1,v_2,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) be a repetitively coloured non-boring walk of order kk and with tt minimum. If 2t2k22t\leqslant 2k^{2}, then we are done. Now assume that t>k2t>k^{2}. By the pigeonhole principle, there is a vertex xx that appears at least k+1k+1 times in v_1,v_2,,v_tv_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}t. Thus there is a vertex yy that appears at least twice in the set {v_t+i:v_i=x,i[t]}\{v_{\_}{t+i}:v_{\_}i=x,i\in[t]\}. As illustrated in Figure 1, W=AxBxCAyByCW=AxBxCA^{\prime}yB^{\prime}yC^{\prime} for some walks A,B,C,A,B,CA,B,C,A^{\prime},B^{\prime},C^{\prime} with |A|=|A||A|=|A^{\prime}|, |B|=|B||B|=|B^{\prime}|, and |C|=|C||C|=|C^{\prime}|. Consider the walk U:=AxCAyCU:=AxCA^{\prime}yC^{\prime}. If UU is not boring, then it is a repetitively coloured non-boring walk of order at most kk and length less than 2t2t, which contradicts the minimality of WW. Otherwise UU is boring, implying x=yx=y, A=AA=A^{\prime}, and C=CC=C^{\prime}. Thus BBB\neq B^{\prime} since WW is not boring, implying xBxBxBxB^{\prime} is a repetitively coloured non-boring walk of order at most kk and length less than 2t2t, which contradicts the minimality of WW. ∎

Refer to caption
Figure 1: Illustration for the proof of Proposition 2.9.

2.5 Lazy Considerations

Many results that follow depend on the following definitions and lemmas. Two vertices in a graph are said to touch if they are adjacent or equal. The following definition is commonly used in the theory of random walks. A lazy walk in a graph GG is a sequence (v_1,,v_t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}t) of vertices in GG such that v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1} touch for each i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\}. Equivalently, a lazy walk in GG is a walk in the pseudograph obtained from GG by adding a loop at each vertex. Lazy walks were introduced in the context of nonrepetitive colourings by Dujmović et al. [46], although the idea was implcit in a lemma of Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99] about walk-nonrepetitive colourings of paths.

Lemma 2.10.

Every walk-nonrepetitive colouring is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks.

Proof.

Let cc be a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of a graph GG. Suppose that GG contains a repetitively coloured non-boring lazy walk. Choose such a walk W=(v_1,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) with minimum length 2t2t. Since no non-lazy non-boring walk is repetitively coloured, by symmetry, v_i=v_i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1} for some i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}.

First suppose that i=ti=t. Let WW^{\prime} be the walk (v_1,,v_t1,v_t+1,,v_2t1}(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{t-1},v_{\_}{t+1},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-1}\}. Then WW^{\prime} is a repetitively coloured lazy walk of length 2t22t-2. If WW^{\prime} is not boring, then WW^{\prime} contradicts the choice of WW. So WW^{\prime} is boring. In particular, v_1=v_t+1=v_tv_{\_}1=v_{\_}{t+1}=v_{\_}t and v_t1=v_2t1v_{\_}{t-1}=v_{\_}{2t-1}. Since WW is not boring, v_tv_2tv_{\_}t\neq v_{\_}{2t}. Thus (v_t,v_t1,v_2t,v_2t1)(v_{\_}t,v_{\_}{t-1},v_{\_}{2t},v_{\_}{2t-1}) is a non-boring repetitively coloured walk, which is a contradiction.

Now assume that i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\}. Since WW is repetitively coloured, c(v_t+i)=c(v_i)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}i) and c(v_t+i+1)=c(v_i+1)c(v_{\_}{t+i+1})=c(v_{\_}{i+1}), implying c(v_t+i)=c(v_t+i+1)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}{t+i+1}) since v_i=v_i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1}. If v_t+iv_t+i+1v_{\_}{t+i}\neq v_{\_}{t+i+1} then (v_t+i,v_t+i+1)(v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+1}) is a repetitively coloured non-boring non-lazy walk, which is a contradiction. So v_t+i=v_t+i+1v_{\_}{t+i}=v_{\_}{t+i+1}. Let W′′W^{\prime\prime} be the walk (v_1,,v_i,v_i+2,,v_t+i,v_t+i+2,,v_2t1)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{i},v_{\_}{i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-1}). Then W′′W^{\prime\prime} is a repetitively coloured lazy walk of length 2t22t-2. If W′′W^{\prime\prime} is boring, then v_i=v_i+1=v_t+i=v_t+i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1}=v_{\_}{t+i}=v_{\_}{t+i+1}, implying that WW is boring as well. Thus W′′W^{\prime\prime} is not boring. Hence W′′W^{\prime\prime} contradicts the choice of WW. ∎

The following similar definition was implicitly introduced in the context of nonrepetitive colourings by Dujmović et al. [46]111Dujmović et al. [46] defined a colouring of a graph to be strongly nonrepetitive if for every repetitively coloured lazy walk (v_1,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) in GG, we have v_i=v_t+iv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{t+i} for some i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. This is equivalent to saying that every lazy stroll is nonrepetitively coloured. They defined π(G)\pi^{*}(G) to be the minimum number of colours in a strongly nonrepetitive colouring of a graph GG. By Lemma 2.11, π(G)=ρ(G)\pi^{*}(G)=\rho(G).. A lazy stroll in a graph GG is a lazy walk (v_1,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) in GG such that v_iv_t+iv_{\_}i\neq v_{\_}{t+i} for each i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\}.

Lemma 2.11.

Every stroll-nonrepetitive colouring cc of a graph GG is nonrepetitive on lazy strolls.

Proof.

Suppose that there is a repetitively coloured lazy stroll in GG. Choose such a stroll W=(v_1,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) with minimum length 2t2t. Since no (non-lazy) stroll is repetitively coloured, without loss of generality, v_i=v_i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1} for some i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}.

First suppose that i=ti=t. Then (v_1,,v_t1,v_t+1,,v_2t1}(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{t-1},v_{\_}{t+1},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-1}\} is a repetitively coloured lazy stroll of length 2t22t-2, which contradicts the choice of WW.

Now assume that i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\}. Since WW is repetitively coloured, c(v_t+i)=c(v_i)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}i) and c(v_t+i+1)=c(v_i+1)c(v_{\_}{t+i+1})=c(v_{\_}{i+1}), implying c(v_t+i)=c(v_t+i+1)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}{t+i+1}) since v_i=v_i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1}. If v_t+iv_t+i+1v_{\_}{t+i}\neq v_{\_}{t+i+1} then (v_t+i,v_t+i+1)(v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+1}) is a repetitively coloured (non-lazy) stroll, which is a contradiction. So v_t+i=v_t+i+1v_{\_}{t+i}=v_{\_}{t+i+1}. Then (v_1,,v_i,v_i+2,,v_t+i,v_t+i+2,,v_2t1)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{i},v_{\_}{i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-1}) is a repetitively coloured lazy stroll of length 2t22t-2, which contradicts the choice of WW. ∎

Finally, we have a similar definition and lemma for lazy paths. A lazy path in a graph GG is a lazy walk (v_1,,v_t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}t) such that if v_i=v_jv_{\_}i=v_{\_}j and 1i<jt1\leqslant i<j\leqslant t then v_i=v_i+1==v_jv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1}=\dots=v_{\_}j, and v_1v_tv_{\_}1\neq v_{\_}t. The last condition says that at least two distinct vertices occur in a lazy path, which is essential for the next lemma to hold.

Lemma 2.12.

Every path-nonrepetitive colouring cc of a graph GG is nonrepetitive on lazy paths.

Proof.

Suppose that there is a repetitively coloured lazy path in GG. Choose such a lazy path P=(v_1,,v_2t)P=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) with the minimum number of vertices. Since no (non-lazy) path is repetitively coloured, without loss of generality, v_i=v_i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1} for some i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}.

First suppose that i=ti=t. Let P:=(v_1,,v_t1,v_t+1,,v_2t1}P^{\prime}:=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{t-1},v_{\_}{t+1},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-1}\}. We claim that PP^{\prime} is a lazy path. This is the case unless v_1=v_2t1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}{2t-1}, so assume that v_1=v_2t1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}{2t-1}. Since PP is a lazy path, v_1=v_2==v_2t1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}2=\dots=v_{\_}{2t-1} and v_2t1v_2tv_{\_}{2t-1}\neq v_{\_}{2t}. Since c(v_t)=c(v_2t)c(v_{\_}t)=c(v_{\_}{2t}) and v_t=v_2t1v_{\_}t=v_{\_}{2t-1}, we have c(v_2t1)=c(v_2t)c(v_{\_}{2t-1})=c(v_{\_}{2t}). Thus (v_2t1,v_2t)(v_{\_}{2t-1},v_{\_}{2t}) is a repetitively coloured (non-lazy) path, which is a contradiction. Thus PP^{\prime} is a lazy path with 2t22t-2 vertices, which contradicts the choice of PP.

Now assume that i{1,2,,t1}i\in\{1,2,\dots,t-1\}. Since PP is repetitively coloured, c(v_t+i)=c(v_i)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}i) and c(v_t+i+1)=c(v_i+1)c(v_{\_}{t+i+1})=c(v_{\_}{i+1}), implying c(v_t+i)=c(v_t+i+1)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}{t+i+1}) since v_i=v_i+1v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+1}. If v_t+iv_t+i+1v_{\_}{t+i}\neq v_{\_}{t+i+1} then (v_t+i,v_t+i+1)(v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+1}) is a repetitively coloured (non-lazy) path, which is a contradiction. So v_t+i=v_t+i+1v_{\_}{t+i}=v_{\_}{t+i+1}. Let P:=(v_1,,v_i,v_i+2,,v_t+i,v_t+i+2,,v_2t1)P^{\prime}:=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{i},v_{\_}{i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-1}). We claim that PP^{\prime} is a lazy path. This is the case unless v_1=v_2t1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}{2t-1}, so assume that v_1=v_2t1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}{2t-1}. Since PP is a lazy path, v_1=v_2==v_2t1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}2=\dots=v_{\_}{2t-1} and v_2t1v_2tv_{\_}{2t-1}\neq v_{\_}{2t}. Since c(v_t)=c(v_2t)c(v_{\_}t)=c(v_{\_}{2t}) and v_t=v_2t1v_{\_}t=v_{\_}{2t-1}, we have c(v_2t1)=c(v_2t)c(v_{\_}{2t-1})=c(v_{\_}{2t}). Thus (v_2t1,v_2t)(v_{\_}{2t-1},v_{\_}{2t}) is a repetitively coloured (non-lazy) path, which is a contradiction. Thus PP^{\prime} is a lazy path with 2t22t-2 vertices, which contradicts the choice of PP. ∎

2.6 Shadow-Complete Layerings

This section presents results about shadow-complete layerings. This tool was first introduced in the context of nonrepetitive colourings by Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99]. It will be used to obtain results for trees (Section 4.1), graphs of bounded treewidth (Section 4.2), and graphs excluding a fixed minor or topological minor (Section 5.3).

A layering of a graph GG is a partition (V_0,V_1,)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots) of V(G)V(G) such that for every edge vwE(G)vw\in E(G), if vV_iv\in V_{\_}i and wV_jw\in V_{\_}j, then |ij|1|i-j|\leqslant 1. Vertices in V_iV_{\_}i are said to be at depth ii. For example, if rr is a vertex in a connected graph GG and V_iV_{\_}i is the set of vertices at distance exactly ii from rr in GG for all i0i\geqslant 0, then layering (V_0,V_1,)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots) is a layering of GG, called a BFS layering of GG.

Consider a layering (V_0,V_1,)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots) of a graph GG. Let HH be a connected component of G[V_iV_i+1]G[V_{\_}i\cup V_{\_}{i+1}\cup\cdots], for some i1i\geqslant 1. The shadow of HH is the set of vertices in V_i1V_{\_}{i-1} adjacent to some vertex in HH. The layering is shadow-complete if every shadow is a clique. This concept was introduced by Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99], who showed the utility of shadow-complete layerings for nonrepetitive colourings by the next lemma.

Lemma 2.13 ([99]).

If a graph GG has a shadow-complete layering (V_0,V_1,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}n), then

π(G)4max_iπ(G[V_i]).\displaystyle\pi(G)\leqslant 4\max_{\_}i\pi(G[V_{\_}i]).
Proof.

Let c:=max_iπ(G[V_i])c:=\max_{\_}i\pi(G[V_{\_}i]). Let β_i\beta_{\_}i be a nonrepetitive cc-colouring of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] for each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}. By Lemma 3.3 there is a walk-nonrepetitive 4-colouring α\alpha of the path P=(x_1,,x_n)P=(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}n). Colour each vertex vv in V_iV_{\_}i by the pair ϕ(v):=(α(x_i),β_i(v))\phi(v):=(\alpha(x_{\_}i),\beta_{\_}i(v)). Suppose for the sake of contradiction that GG contains a repetitively coloured path W=(v_1,,v_2k)W=(v_{\_}1,\ldots,v_{\_}{2k}). Let dd be the minimum depth of a vertex in WW. Let WW^{\prime} be the sequence of vertices obtained from WW by removing all vertices at depth greater than dd. The projection of WW on PP is an α\alpha-repetitive lazy walk in PP, and is thus boring by Lemma 2.10. Thus the vertices v_jv_{\_}j and v_j+kv_{\_}{j+k} of WW have the same depth for every j{1,,k}j\in\{1,\dots,k\}. In particular, v_jv_{\_}j is in WW^{\prime} if and only if v_j+kv_{\_}{j+k} is. Hence, there are indices 1i_1<i_2<<i_k1\leqslant i_{\_}1<i_{\_}2<\cdots<i_{\_}{\ell}\leqslant k such that W=(v_i_1,v_i_2,,v_i_,v_i_1+k,v_i_2+k,,v_i_+k)W^{\prime}=(v_{\_}{i_{\_}1},v_{\_}{i_{\_}2},\dots,v_{\_}{i_{\_}{\ell}},v_{\_}{i_{\_}1+k},v_{\_}{i_{\_}2+k},\dots,v_{\_}{i_{\_}{\ell}+k}). For each pair of consecutive vertices v_av_{\_}a and v_bv_{\_}b in WW^{\prime}, the vertices strictly between v_av_{\_}a and v_bv_{\_}b in WW are in a single connected component of the graph induced by the vertices of depth greater than dd. By shadow-completeness, v_av_{\_}a and v_bv_{\_}b are adjacent. Hence WW^{\prime} is a path in G[V_d]G[V_{\_}d]. Since WW is ϕ\phi-repetitive, for each j{1,,}j\in\{1,\dots,\ell\} we have ϕ(v_i_j)=ϕ(v_i_j+k)\phi(v_{\_}{i_{\_}j})=\phi(v_{\_}{i_{\_}j+k}), implying β_d(v_i_j)=β_d(v_i_j+k)\beta_{\_}d(v_{\_}{i_{\_}j})=\beta_{\_}d(v_{\_}{i_{\_}j+k}). Hence WW^{\prime} is a β_d\beta_{\_}d-repetitively coloured path in G[V_d]G[V_{\_}d], which is the desired contradiction. ∎

Dujmović et al. [46] implicitly proved an analogous result for ρ\rho.

Lemma 2.14 ([46]).

If a graph GG has a shadow-complete layering (V_0,V_1,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}n), then

ρ(G)\displaystyle\rho(G) 4max_iρ(G[V_i])\displaystyle\leqslant 4\max_{\_}i\rho(G[V_{\_}i])
Proof.

Let c:=max_iπ(G[V_i])c:=\max_{\_}i\pi(G[V_{\_}i]). Let β_i\beta_{\_}i be a nonrepetitive cc-colouring of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i]. By Lemma 3.3 there is a walk-nonrepetitive 4-colouring α\alpha of the path (x_1,,x_n)(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}n). Colour each vertex vv in V_iV_{\_}i by the pair ϕ(v):=(α(x_i),β_i(v))\phi(v):=(\alpha(x_{\_}i),\beta_{\_}i(v)).

We now prove that ϕ\phi is path-nonrepetitive. Let WW be a ϕ\phi-repetitive walk v_1,,v_2kv_{\_}1,\ldots,v_{\_}{2k}. Our goal is to prove that v_j=v_j+kv_{\_}j=v_{\_}{j+k} for some j{1,,k}j\in\{1,\ldots,k\}. Let dd be the minimum depth of a vertex in WW. Let WW^{\prime} be the sequence of vertices obtained from WW by removing all vertices at depth greater than dd. We claim that WW^{\prime} is a lazy walk. To see this, consider vertices v_i,v_i+1,,v_i+tv_{\_}i,v_{\_}{i+1},\ldots,v_{\_}{i+t} of WW such that v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+tv_{\_}{i+t} have depth dd but v_i+1,,v_i+t1v_{\_}{i+1},\ldots,v_{\_}{i+t-1} all have depth greater than dd; thus, v_i+1,,v_i+t1v_{\_}{i+1},\ldots,v_{\_}{i+t-1} were removed when constructing WW^{\prime}. Then, the vertices v_i+1,,v_i+t1v_{\_}{i+1},\ldots,v_{\_}{i+t-1} lie in a connected component of the graph induced by the vertices at depth greater than dd. Since the layering is shadow-complete, v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+tv_{\_}{i+t} are adjacent or equal. This shows that WW^{\prime} is a lazy walk in G[V_d]G[V_{\_}d].

The projection of WW into PP is an α\alpha-repetitive lazy walk in PP, and is thus boring by Lemma 2.10. Thus the vertices v_jv_{\_}j and v_j+kv_{\_}{j+k} of WW have the same depth for every j{1,,k}j\in\{1,\dots,k\}. In particular, v_jv_{\_}j was removed from WW^{\prime} if and only if v_j+kv_{\_}{j+k} was. Hence, there are indices 1i_1<i_2<<i_k1\leqslant i_{\_}1<i_{\_}2<\cdots<i_{\_}{\ell}\leqslant k such that W=v_i_1,v_i_2,,v_i_,v_i_1+k,v_i_2+k,,v_i_+kW^{\prime}=v_{\_}{i_{\_}1},v_{\_}{i_{\_}2},\dots,v_{\_}{i_{\_}{\ell}},v_{\_}{i_{\_}1+k},v_{\_}{i_{\_}2+k},\dots,v_{\_}{i_{\_}{\ell}+k}. Since WW is ϕ\phi-repetitive, it follows that WW^{\prime} is also ϕ\phi-repetitive and in particular WW^{\prime} is β_d\beta_{\_}d-repetitive. Hence there is an index i_ri_{\_}r such that v_i_r=v_i_r+kv_{\_}{i_{\_}r}=v_{\_}{i_{\_}r+k}, which completes the proof. ∎

Barát and Wood [17] proved an analogous result for σ\sigma, which we refine as follows.

Lemma 2.15.

Let GG be a graph that has a shadow-complete layering (V_0,V_1,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}n). Assume that GG has a kk-colouring β\beta in which G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is stroll-nonrepetitively coloured for each i{0,1,,n}i\in\{0,1,\dots,n\}, and distinct vertices v,wv,w of GG are assigned distinct colours whenever v,wV_iv,w\in V_{\_}i for some i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\} and v,wN(u)v,w\in N(u) for some vertex uV_i1V_iu\in V_{\_}{i-1}\cup V_{\_}i. Then

σ(H)\displaystyle\sigma(H) 4k.\displaystyle\leqslant 4k.
Proof.

By Lemma 3.3 there is a walk-nonrepetitive 4-colouring α\alpha of the path P=(x_0,x_1,,x_n)P=(x_{\_}0,x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}n). Colour each vertex vv in V(G)V_iV(G)\cap V_{\_}i by the pair ϕ(v):=(α(x_i),β(v))\phi(v):=(\alpha(x_{\_}i),\beta(v)). We claim that ϕ\phi is a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of GG.

Suppose on the contrary that W=(v_1,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) is a ϕ\phi-repetitive non-boring walk in GG. The projection of WW to PP is a lazy walk, which is repetitively coloured by α\alpha, and is therefore boring by Lemma 2.10. Thus, for i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\} the vertices v_iv_{\_}i and v_t+iv_{\_}{t+i} are in the same layer.

Let kk be the minimum layer containing a vertex in WW. Let WW^{\prime} be the sequence of vertices obtained from WW by deleting all vertices not in V_kV_{\_}k. Since v_iWv_{\_}i\in W^{\prime} if and only if v_t+iWv_{\_}{t+i}\in W^{\prime}, the sequence WW^{\prime} is repetitively coloured. Let v_iv_{\_}i and v_jv_{\_}j be consecutive vertices in WW^{\prime} with i<ji<j. Then there is walk from v_iv_{\_}i to v_jv_{\_}j with all its internal vertices in V_k+1V_nV_{\_}{k+1}\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}n (since kk was chosen minimum), implying v_i=v_jv_{\_}i=v_{\_}j or v_iv_jv_{\_}iv_{\_}j is an edge of HH (since the layering is shadow-complete). Thus WW^{\prime} forms a repetitively coloured lazy walk in G[V_k]G[V_{\_}k]. Since G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is stroll-repetitively coloured by β\beta, by Lemma 2.11, some vertex v_i=v_t+iv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{t+i} is in WW^{\prime}. Since WW is not boring, v_jv_t+jv_{\_}j\neq v_{\_}{t+j} for some j[t]j\in[t]. Choose such ii and jj to minimise |ij||i-j|. Thus |ij|=1|i-j|=1. Hence v_j,v_t+jV_kv_{\_}j,v_{\_}{t+j}\in V_{\_}k or v_j,v_t+jV_k+1v_{\_}j,v_{\_}{t+j}\in V_{\_}{k+1}. Moreover, v_jv_{\_}j and v_t+jv_{\_}{t+j} have a common neighbour v_i=v_t+iv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{t+i}. By assumption, β(v_j)β(v_t+j)\beta(v_{\_}j)\neq\beta(v_{\_}{t+j}), which contradicts the assumption that WW is repetitively coloured. ∎

2.7 Strong Products

Nonrepetitive colourings of graph products have been studied in [99, 91, 17, 120, 46, 29]. Here we focus on strong products because doing so has applications to numerous graph classes, such as planar graphs (Section 5.1) and graphs excluding a minor (Section 5.3).

Lemma 2.16 ([46]).

For all graphs GG and HH,

π(GH)ρ(GH)ρ(G)σ(H).\pi(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant\rho(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant\rho(G)\cdot\sigma(H).
Proof.

Let α\alpha be a stroll-nonrepetitive colouring of GG with ρ(G)\rho(G) colours. Let β\beta be a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of HH with σ(H)\sigma(H) colours. By Lemma 2.10, β\beta is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks in HH. For any two vertices uV(G)u\in V(G) and vV(H)v\in V(H), colour vertex (u,v)(u,v) of GHG\boxtimes H by ϕ(u,v):=(α(u),β(v))\phi(u,v):=(\alpha(u),\beta(v)). We claim that ϕ\phi is a stroll-nonrepetitive colouring of GHG\boxtimes H. To see this, consider a ϕ\phi-repetitive lazy walk W=(u_1,v_1),,(u_2k,v_2k)W=(u_{\_}1,v_{\_}1),\ldots,(u_{\_}{2k},v_{\_}{2k}) in GHG\boxtimes H. By the definition of the strong product and the definition of ϕ\phi, the projection W_G=(u_1,u_2,,u_2k)W_{\_}G=(u_{\_}1,u_{\_}2,\ldots,u_{\_}{2k}) of WW into GG is an α\alpha-repetitive lazy walk in GG and the projection W_H=(v_1,v_2,,v_2k)W_{\_}H=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\ldots,v_{\_}{2k}) of WW into HH is a β\beta-repetitive lazy walk in HH. Since α\alpha is stroll-nonrepetitive, by Lemma 2.11, u_i=u_i+ku_{\_}i=u_{\_}{i+k} for some i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}. Since β\beta is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks, v_j=v_j+kv_{\_}j=v_{\_}{j+k} for every j{1,,k}j\in\{1,\dots,k\}. In particular, v_i=v_i+kv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+k} and (u_i,v_i)=(u_i+k,v_i+k)(u_{\_}i,v_{\_}i)=(u_{\_}{i+k},v_{\_}{i+k}). This shows that ϕ\phi is a stroll-nonrepetitive colouring with at most ρ(G)σ(H)\rho(G)\cdot\sigma(H) colours. ∎

Several notes about Lemma 2.16 are in order:

  • There is no known upper bound on π(GH)\pi(G\boxtimes H) that avoids stroll-nonrepetitive colouring. This is an important reason for considering strolls.

  • ρ(GH)\rho(G\boxtimes H) is not bounded by any function of ρ(G)\rho(G) or ρ(H)\rho(H). For example, if G=H=K_1,nG=H=K_{\_}{1,n} then ρ(G)=ρ(H)=2\rho(G)=\rho(H)=2, but GHG\boxtimes H contains the complete bipartite graph K_n,nK_{\_}{n,n}, and thus ρ(GH)π(GH)π(K_n,n)n+1\rho(G\boxtimes H)\geqslant\pi(G\boxtimes H)\geqslant\pi(K_{\_}{n,n})\geqslant n+1 by Lemma 2.1.

  • As pointed out by Kevin Hendrey [personal communication, 2020], dependence on Δ\Delta and σ\sigma is unavoidable in Lemma 2.16. Since the complete bipartite graph K_Δ(G),Δ(H)K_{\_}{\Delta(G),\Delta(H)} is a subgraph of GHG\boxtimes H, Lemma 2.1 implies:

    ρ(GH)π(GH)π(K_Δ(G),Δ(H))min{Δ(G),Δ(H)}+1.\rho(G\boxtimes H)\geqslant\pi(G\boxtimes H)\geqslant\pi(K_{\_}{\Delta(G),\Delta(H)})\geqslant\min\{\Delta(G),\Delta(H)\}+1.

    In particular, ρ(HH)Δ(H)+1\rho(H\boxtimes H)\geqslant\Delta(H)+1 and ρ(HH)ρ(H)\rho(H\boxtimes H)\geqslant\rho(H), implying ρ(HH)3ρ(H)(Δ(H)2+1)σ(H)\rho(H\boxtimes H)^{3}\geqslant\rho(H)(\Delta(H)^{2}+1)\geqslant\sigma(H) (by Corollary 2.7) and ρ(HH)σ(H)1/3\rho(H\boxtimes H)\geqslant\sigma(H)^{1/3}.

Since σ(K_)=\sigma(K_{\_}\ell)=\ell, Lemma 2.16 implies:

Corollary 2.17 ([46]).

For every graph GG and integer \ell\in\mathbb{N},

ρ(GK_)ρ(G).\rho(G\boxtimes K_{\_}\ell)\leqslant\ell\,\rho(G).

Barát and Varjú [15] proved an analogous result for walk-nonrepetitive colourings of strong products.

Lemma 2.18 ([15]).

For all graphs GG and HH,

σ(GH)σ(G)σ(H).\sigma(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant\sigma(G)\cdot\sigma(H).
Proof.

Let α\alpha be a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of GG with σ(G)\sigma(G) colours. Let β\beta be a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of HH with σ(H)\sigma(H) colours. By Lemma 2.10, α\alpha is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks in GG, and β\beta is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks in HH. For any two vertices uV(G)u\in V(G) and vV(H)v\in V(H), colour vertex (u,v)(u,v) of GHG\boxtimes H by ϕ(u,v):=(α(u),β(v))\phi(u,v):=(\alpha(u),\beta(v)). We claim that ϕ\phi is a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of GHG\boxtimes H. To see this, consider a ϕ\phi-repetitive walk W=(u_1,v_1),,(u_2k,v_2k)W=(u_{\_}1,v_{\_}1),\ldots,(u_{\_}{2k},v_{\_}{2k}) in GHG\boxtimes H. By the definition of the strong product and the definition of ϕ\phi, the projection W_G=(u_1,u_2,,u_2k)W_{\_}G=(u_{\_}1,u_{\_}2,\ldots,u_{\_}{2k}) of WW into GG is an α\alpha-repetitive lazy walk in GG and the projection W_H=(v_1,v_2,,v_2k)W_{\_}H=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\ldots,v_{\_}{2k}) of WW in HH is a β\beta-repetitive lazy walk in HH. Since α\alpha is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks, u_i=u_i+ku_{\_}i=u_{\_}{i+k} for all i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}. Similarly, since β\beta is nonrepetitive on non-boring lazy walks, v_i=v_i+kv_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+k} for all i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}. Thus (u_i,v_i)=(u_i+k,v_i+k)(u_{\_}i,v_{\_}i)=(u_{\_}{i+k},v_{\_}{i+k}) for all i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}, implying WW is boring. Therefore ϕ\phi is a walk-nonrepetitive colouring of GHG\boxtimes H with at most σ(G)σ(H)\sigma(G)\cdot\sigma(H) colours. Hence σ(GH)σ(G)σ(H)\sigma(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant\sigma(G)\cdot\sigma(H). ∎

The above results about strong products are applied for several graph classes in Section 5. Here we give one more application. A graph class 𝒢\mathcal{G} has polynomial growth if for some constant cc, for every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G}, for each r2r\geqslant 2 every rr-ball in GG has at most rcr^{c} vertices. For example, every rr-ball in an n×nn\times n grid graph is contained in a (2r+1)×(2r+1)(2r+1)\times(2r+1) subgrid, which has size (2r+1)2(2r+1)^{2}; therefore the class of grid graphs has polynomial growth. More generally, let d\mathbb{Z}^{d} be the strong product of dd infinite two-way paths. That is, V(d)={(x_1,,x_d):x_1,,x_d}V(\mathbb{Z}^{d})=\{(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}d):x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}d\in\mathbb{Z}\} where distinct vertices (x_1,,x_d)(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}d) and (y_1,,y_d)(y_{\_}1,\dots,y_{\_}d) are adjacent in d\mathbb{Z}^{d} if and only if |x_iy_i|1|x_{\_}i-y_{\_}i|\leqslant 1 for each i{1,,d}i\in\{1,\dots,d\}. Then every rr-ball in d\mathbb{Z}^{d} has size at most (2r+1)d(2r+1)^{d}. Krauthgamer and Lee [98] characterised the graph classes with polynomial growth as the subgraphs of d\mathbb{Z}^{d}; see [56] for an alternative characterisation.

Theorem 2.19 ([98]).

Let GG be a graph such that for some constant cc and for every integer r2r\geqslant 2, every rr-ball in GG has at most rcr^{c} vertices. Then GO(clogc)G\subseteq\mathbb{Z}^{O(c\log c)}.

Theorems 2.19, 2.16 and 2.18 imply:

Theorem 2.20.

Let GG be a graph such that for some cc\in\mathbb{N} and for every integer r2r\geqslant 2, every rr-ball in GG has at most rcr^{c} vertices. Then

ρ(G)σ(G)cO(c).\rho(G)\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant c^{O(c)}.

Our focus has been on strong products. The other two main graph products are also of interest.

Open Problem 2.21.

What can be said about π(GH)\pi(G\square H) and π(G×H)\pi(G\times H)? This is related to Open Problem 3.28 since K_nK_nL(K_n,n)K_{\_}n\square K_{\_}n\cong L(K_{\_}{n,n}).

3 Bounded Degree Graphs

3.1 Paths

As mentioned in Section 1, Thue [138] proved the following:

Theorem 3.1 ([138]).

For every path PP,

π(P)3,\pi(P)\leqslant 3, (2)

with equality if |V(P)|4|V(P)|\geqslant 4.

Proof.

The following construction is due to Leech [101]. Consider the following three blocks:

A_0:\displaystyle A_{\_}0:  0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
A_1:\displaystyle A_{\_}1:  1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}
A_2:\displaystyle A_{\_}2:  2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2.\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}.

First observe that A_0,A_1,A_2A_{\_}0,A_{\_}1,A_{\_}2 are symmetric in the sense that a cyclic permutation of 0,1,20,1,2 also permutes A_0,A_1,A_2A_{\_}0,A_{\_}1,A_{\_}2. Say WW is a nonrepetitive word on {0,1,2}\{0,1,2\}. Let WW^{\prime} be obtained from WW by replacing each element ii in WW by A_iA_{\_}i. We now prove that WW^{\prime} is also nonrepetitive. Suppose on the contary that WW^{\prime} contains a repetition x_1,,x_2tx_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}{2t}. First suppose that t7t\leqslant 7. Then x_1,,x_2tx_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}{2t} is contained in two consecutive blocks A_iA_jA_{\_}i\,A_{\_}j, and iji\neq j since WW is nonrepetitive. By symmetry, we may assume that i=0i=0. But A_0A_jA_{\_}0\,A_{\_}j is nonrepetitive:

A_0A_1:\displaystyle A_{\_}0A_{\_}1:  0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}
A_0A_2:\displaystyle A_{\_}0A_{\_}2:  0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2.\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}.

Now assume that t8t\geqslant 8. Any sequence of 8 characters in any block or in any two consecutive blocks is uniquely determined by the block or blocks involved and the starting character. The following cases confirm this, since by symmetry one only needs to check sequences beginning with 0:

A_0:\displaystyle A_{\_}0: 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;\framebox{{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
A_0:\displaystyle A_{\_}0:  0 1 2 10 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0}
A_1:\displaystyle A_{\_}1:  1 20 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,2\,1}
A_1:\displaystyle A_{\_}1:  1 2 0 2 10 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}}
A_2:\displaystyle A_{\_}2:  20 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,1\,0\,2}
A_2:\displaystyle A_{\_}2:  2 0 10 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0}}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}1\,0\,2}
A_0A_1:\displaystyle A_{\_}0A_{\_}1:  0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 10 1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}
 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 20 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0}}{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}
A_0A_2:\displaystyle A_{\_}0A_{\_}2:  0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 10 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0}}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}
 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 20 1 2 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1}}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}
A_1A_0:\displaystyle A_{\_}1A_{\_}0:  1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 20 2 1 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,2\,1}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
 1 2 0 2 1 0 20 1 2 0 2 1 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
A_1A_2:\displaystyle A_{\_}1A_{\_}2:  1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 20 2 1 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,2\,1}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}
 1 2 0 2 1 0 20 1 2 0 2 1 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 2\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0}}\,{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}
A_2A_0:\displaystyle A_{\_}2A_{\_}0:  2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 10 2 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,2}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1\,0\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 20 1 0 2 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,1\,0\,2}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,1\,2\,1}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
 2 0 1 0 2 10 1 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 1 0\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}0}}\,{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}1\,2\,1\,0\,2\,1\,2\,0\,1\,2\,1\,0}
A_2A_1:\displaystyle A_{\_}2A_{\_}1:  2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 0 10 2 1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2\,0\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,2}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2\,1\,0}}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}
 2 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 20 1 0 2 1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1\,0\,1\,2}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,1\,0\,2}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,2\,0\,2}}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}
 2 0 1 0 2 10 1 2 0 1 0 2 1 2 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 2 1\displaystyle\;{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}2\,0\,1\,0\,2\,1}\,\framebox{{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}0\,1\,2\,0\,1\,0\,2}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}1}}\,{\color[rgb]{.75,.5,.25}2\,0\,2\,1\,0\,2\,0\,1\,2\,0\,2\,1}

Thus, for {1,,t7}\ell\in\{1,\dots,t-7\}, the subsequences x_,x_+1,,x_+7x_{\_}\ell,x_{\_}{\ell+1},\dots,x_{\_}{\ell+7} and x_t+,x_t++1,,x_t++7x_{\_}{t+\ell},x_{\_}{t+\ell+1},\dots,x_{\_}{t+\ell+7} appear in copies of the same block A_iA_{\_}i or in the same block pair A_iA_jA_{\_}i\,A_{\_}j, and moreover, x_x_{\_}\ell appears in the same position as x_t+x_{\_}{t+\ell} in the corresponding block. This implies that the starting word WW contains a repetitive subsequence. This contradiction shows that WW^{\prime} is nonrepetitive. Arbitrarily long paths can be nonrepetitively 33-coloured by this substitution rule. ∎

There is a large body of literature on substitution rules like that used in the above proof; see [35, 40, 37, 4] for example.

We also briefly mention another proof of Theorem 3.1 via the Thue–Morse sequence, which is the binary sequence 0¯1¯10¯1001¯10010110¯\underline{0}\,\underline{1}\,\underline{10}\,\underline{1001}\,\underline{10010110}\,\dots where the each underlined block is the negation of the entire preceding subsequence. See [5] for a survey about the Thue–Morse sequence. Given a path (v_1,v_2,)(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots), colour each vertex v_iv_{\_}i by the difference of the (i+1)(i+1)-th and ii-th entries in the Thue–Morse sequence. So the sequence of colours is (1,0,1,1,1,0,1,0,)(1,0,-1,1,-1,0,1,0,\dots). The Thue–Morse sequence contains no 0X0X00X0X0 or 1X1X11X1X1 pattern. It follows that the above 3-colouring of the path is nonrepetitive.

Open Problem 3.2.

Is ρ(P)3\rho(P)\leqslant 3 for every path PP?

Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99] showed that paths are walk-nonrepetitively 4-colourable.

Lemma 3.3 ([99]).

For every path PP,

σ(P)4.\sigma(P)\leqslant 4.

with equality if |V(P)|6|V(P)|\geqslant 6.

Proof.

Given a nonrepetitive sequence on {1,2,3}\{1,2,3\}, insert the symbol 44 between consecutive block of length two. For example, from the sequence 123132123123132123 we obtain 12431432412431243143241243. Any three consecutive elements are distinct. Thus this sequence corresponds to a distance-2 colouring ϕ\phi of a path. We now show that ϕ\phi is stroll-nonrepetitieve. Suppose for the sake of contradiction that there is a repetitively coloured stroll. Let W=(v_1,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) be a repetitively coloured stroll with tt minimum. Then t2t\geqslant 2.

First suppose that WW is a subpath. Since ϕ(v_i)=4\phi(v_{\_}i)=4 if and only if ϕ(v_t+i)=4\phi(v_{\_}{t+i})=4, removing the vertices coloured 4 in WW gives a repetition in the original sequence on {1,2,3}\{1,2,3\}. Now assume that WW has a repeated vertex. Thus v_i=v_i+2v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+2} for some i{1,,2t2}i\in\{1,\dots,2t-2\}. (The stroll must turn around somewhere.) By symmetry, we may assume that i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\}.

Suppose that i{1,,t2}i\in\{1,\dots,t-2\}. Thus ϕ(v_i)=ϕ(v_i+2)=ϕ(v_t+i)=ϕ(v_t+i+2)\phi(v_{\_}i)=\phi(v_{\_}{i+2})=\phi(v_{\_}{t+i})=\phi(v_{\_}{t+i+2}). Since ϕ\phi is a distance-2 colouring, v_t+i=v_t+i+2v_{\_}{t+i}=v_{\_}{t+i+2}. Then (v_1,,v_i1,v_i+2,,v_t+i1,v_t+i+2,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{i-1},v_{\_}{i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{t+i-1},v_{\_}{t+i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) is a repetitively coloured stroll on 2t42t-4 vertices, contradicting the choice of WW.

Thus i=t1i=t-1. Then (v_1,,v_t2,v_t+1,,v_2t2)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{t-2},v_{\_}{t+1},\dots,v_{\_}{2t-2}) is a repetitively coloured stroll on 2t42t-4 vertices, contradicting the choice of WW.

Hence ϕ\phi is stroll-nonrepetitive. By Lemma 2.6, ϕ\phi is walk-nonrepetitive.

Suppose on the contrary that some path PP on at least six vertices is walk-nonrepetitive 3-colourable. Since the colouring is distance 2, without loss of generality, the colouring begins 123123123123, which is a repetitively coloured path. Thus σ(P)4\sigma(P)\geqslant 4. ∎

Lemmas 2.16 and 3.3 imply:

Corollary 3.4 ([46]).

For every graph GG and every path PP,

ρ(GP)4ρ(G).\rho(G\boxtimes P)\leqslant 4\rho(G).

Now consider nonrepetitive list colourings of paths. Grytczuk et al. [77] first proved that πch(P)4\pi_{\textup{ch}}(P)\leqslant 4. Their proof uses the Lovász Local Lemma in conjunction with a deterministic colouring rule that ensures that short paths are not repetitively coloured. We present two proofs of this result. The first, due to Grytczuk et al. [76], uses entropy compression, which is a technique based on the algorithmic proof of the Lovász Local Lemma by Moser and Tardos [110].

Theorem 3.5 ([77]).

Every path is nonrepetitively list 4-colourable.

Proof.

Let LL be a 4-list assignment of the path (v_1,,v_n)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}n). We may assume that |L(v_i)|=4|L(v_{\_}i)|=4 for each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}. Apply the following algorithm, where RR is a binary sequence called the record. At the start of the while loop, vertices v_1,,v_i1v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{i-1} are coloured and vertices v_i,,v_nv_{\_}i,\dots,v_{\_}n is uncoloured.

let i:=1i:=1 let R:=()R:=() while ini\leqslant n do
                  randomly colour v_iv_{\_}i from L(v_i)L(v_{\_}i)
append one 0 to RR if some repetitively coloured subpath PP appears then
                           let k:=12|V(P)|k:=\frac{1}{2}|V(P)|
uncolour the last kk vertices of PP let i:=ik+1i:=i-k+1 append kk 1’s to RR else
                           let i:=i+1i:=i+1
end-if
          end-while


Each iteration of the while loop is called a step. Let R_tR_{\_}t be the record RR at the end of step tt. Let ϕ_t\phi_{\_}t be the current colouring at the end of step tt. A key property is that (R_t,ϕ_t)(R_{\_}t,\phi_{\_}t) is a ‘lossless encoding’ of the actions of the algorithm. That is, given (R_t,ϕ_t)(R_{\_}t,\phi_{\_}t) one can determine (R_t1,ϕ_t1)(R_{\_}{t-1},\phi_{\_}{t-1}) because whenever a repetitively coloured subpath PP appears, the colours on the second half of PP (which is uncoloured by the algorithm) are determined by the colours on the first half of PP.

Consider the status of the algorithm at the end of some time step t1t\geqslant 1. Let a_ta_{\_}t and b_tb_{\_}t respectively be the number of 0’s and the number of 1’s in R_tR_{\_}t. Observe that a_t=ta_{\_}t=t and the algorithm maintains the invariant that a_tb_ta_{\_}t-b_{\_}t equals the number of coloured vertices under ϕ_t\phi_{\_}t. Call a_tb_ta_{\_}t-b_{\_}t the type of R_tR_{\_}t, which is an element of {1,,n}\{1,\dots,n\}. Let R_t~\widetilde{R_{\_}t} be the binary sequence obtained by adding a_tb_ta_{\_}t-b_{\_}t 1’s at the end of R_tR_{\_}t. Thus R_t~\widetilde{R_{\_}t} is a Dyck word of length |R_t|+(a_tb_t)=|R_t|+a_t(|R_t|a_t)=2a_t=2t|R_{\_}t|+(a_{\_}t-b_{\_}t)=|R_{\_}t|+a_{\_}t-(|R_{\_}t|-a_{\_}t)=2a_{\_}t=2t. Here a Dyck word is a binary sequence with an equal number of 0’s and 1’s, such that every prefix has at least as many 0’s as 1’s. The number of Dyck words of length 2t2t equals the tt-th Catalan number C_t:=1t+1(2tt)C_{\_}t:=\frac{1}{t+1}\binom{2t}{t}. Thus the number of distinct R_tR_{\_}t’s is at most C_t×#types=nC_tC_{\_}t\times\#\text{types}=nC_{\_}t. Since each vertex has four possible colours or is uncoloured, the number of distinct ϕ_t\phi_{\_}t’s is at most (4+1)n(4+1)^{n}.

Consider the 4t4^{t} possible executions of the algorithm up to time tt. For each such execution, the algorithm either finds a nonrepetitive colouring of the whole path or ‘fails’ and produces a pair (R_t,ϕ_t)(R_{\_}t,\phi_{\_}t). By the lossless encoding property, distinct fail executions produce distinct pairs (R_t,ϕ_t)(R_{\_}t,\phi_{\_}t). Thus the number of fail executions is at most the number of pairs (R_t,ϕ_t)R_{\_}t,\phi_{\_}t), which is at most n5nC_tn5nπ1/2t3/24tn5^{n}C_{\_}t\approx n5^{n}\pi^{-1/2}t^{-3/2}4^{t}, which is less than 4t4^{t} for tnt\gg n. Thus, there exists an execution that does not fail. Therefore (v_1,,v_n)(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}n) is LL-colourable, and every path is nonrepetitively list 4-colourable. ∎

Our second proof that πch(P)4\pi_{\textup{ch}}(P)\leqslant 4 uses a simple counting argument of Rosenfeld [130].

Theorem 3.6 ([130]).

Every path is nonrepetitively list 4-colourable. In fact, for every 4-list assignment LL of an nn-vertex path, there are at least 2n+12^{n+1} nonrepetitive LL-colourings.

Proof.

Let LL be a 4-list assignment of a path P=(v_1,v_2,,v_n)P=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}n). For m{1,,n}m\in\{1,\dots,n\}, let C_mC_{\_}m be the number of nonrepetitive LL-colourings of the subpath P_m:=(v_1,,v_m)P_{\_}m:=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}m). We now prove that C_m+12C_mC_{\_}{m+1}\geqslant 2C_{\_}m by induction on m1m\geqslant 1. The base case holds since C_1=4C_{\_}1=4 and C_23C_1C_{\_}2\geqslant 3C_{\_}1. Let m{3,,n}m\in\{3,\dots,n\} and assume the claim holds for all values less than mm. Thus C_m12iC_mi1C_{\_}{m-1}\geqslant 2^{i}\,C_{\_}{m-i-1} for all i{1,,m2}i\in\{1,\dots,m-2\}. Let FF be the set of repetitive LL-colourings of P_mP_{\_}m that induce a nonrepetitive colouring of P_m1P_{\_}{m-1}. Then C_m=4C_m1|F|C_{\_}m=4C_{\_}{m-1}-|F|. For ii\in\mathbb{N}, let F_iF_{\_}i be the colourings in FF that contain a repetitively coloured path on 2i2i vertices, which must end at vertex v_mv_{\_}m. Then |F|_i1|F_i||F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\geqslant 1}|F_{\_}i|. For each colouring in F_iF_{\_}i, the colours of vertices v_mi+1,,v_mv_{\_}{m-i+1},\dots,v_{\_}m are determined by the colours of vertices v_m2i+1,,v_miv_{\_}{m-2i+1},\dots,v_{\_}{m-i}. Since v_1,,v_miv_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{m-i} induce a nonrepetitively coloured path, |F_i|C_mi2i+1C_m1|F_{\_}i|\leqslant C_{\_}{m-i}\leqslant 2^{-i+1}C_{\_}{m-1}. Thus |F|_i1|F_i|_i12i+1C_m12C_m1|F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\geqslant 1}|F_{\_}i|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\geqslant 1}2^{-i+1}C_{\_}{m-1}\leqslant 2C_{\_}{m-1}. Hence C_m=4C_m1|F|2C_m1C_{\_}{m}=4C_{\_}{m-1}-|F|\geqslant 2C_{\_}{m-1}, as claimed. It follows that there exist at least 2n+12^{n+1} nonrepetitive LL-colourings of PP. ∎

Open Problem 3.7.

Is every path nonrepetitively list 33-colourable? [70, 42, 107]? Note that a simple adaptation to the proof of Theorem 3.6 shows that every path is list 3-colourable such that every subpath with at least four vertices is nonrepetitively coloured; that is, the only repetitively coloured subpaths have two vertices. The results of Zhao and Zhu [149] are also relevant here.

The following multi-colour generalisation of Theorem 3.6 will be useful for the study of nonrepetitive colourings of subdivisions in Section 6. Shur [133] established precise asymptotic bounds on the number of distinct nonrepetitive rr-colourings in a path. So that our presentation is self-contained, we present the slightly weaker result with a simple proof.

Theorem 3.8.

Fix r4r\geqslant 4. For every rr-list assignment LL of an nn-vertex path, there are at least knk^{n} nonrepetitive LL-colourings, where k:=12(r+r24r)r2k:=\tfrac{1}{2}(r+\sqrt{r^{2}-4r})\geqslant r-2.

Proof.

Let LL be an rr-list assignment of a path P=(v_1,v_2,,v_n)P=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}n). For m{1,,n}m\in\{1,\dots,n\}, let C_mC_{\_}m be the number of nonrepetitive LL-colourings of the subpath P_m:=(v_1,,v_m)P_{\_}m:=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}m). We now prove that C_m+1kC_mC_{\_}{m+1}\geqslant k\,C_{\_}m by induction on m1m\geqslant 1. The base case holds since C_1=r>kC_{\_}1=r>k and C_2(r1)C_1>kC_1C_{\_}2\geqslant(r-1)C_{\_}1>k\,C_{\_}1. Let m{3,,n}m\in\{3,\dots,n\} and assume the claim holds for all values less than mm. Thus C_m1kiC_mi1C_{\_}{m-1}\geqslant k^{i}\,C_{\_}{m-i-1} for all i{1,,m2}i\in\{1,\dots,m-2\}. Let FF be the set of repetitive LL-colourings of P_mP_{\_}m that induce a nonrepetitive colouring of P_m1P_{\_}{m-1}. Then C_m=rC_m1|F|C_{\_}m=r\,C_{\_}{m-1}-|F|. For ii\in\mathbb{N}, let F_iF_{\_}i be the colourings in FF that contain a repetitively coloured path on 2i2i vertices, which must end at vertex v_mv_{\_}m. Then |F|_i1|F_i||F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\geqslant 1}|F_{\_}i|. For each colouring in F_iF_{\_}i, the colours of vertices v_mi+1,,v_mv_{\_}{m-i+1},\dots,v_{\_}m are determined by the colours of vertices v_m2i+1,,v_miv_{\_}{m-2i+1},\dots,v_{\_}{m-i}. Since v_1,,v_miv_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{m-i} induce a nonrepetitively coloured path, |F_i|C_miki+1C_m1|F_{\_}i|\leqslant C_{\_}{m-i}\leqslant k^{-i+1}\,C_{\_}{m-1}. Thus |F|_i1|F_i|_i1ki+1C_m1kk1C_m1|F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\geqslant 1}|F_{\_}i|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\geqslant 1}k^{-i+1}\,C_{\_}{m-1}\leqslant\frac{k}{k-1}\,C_{\_}{m-1}. Hence C_m=rC_m1|F|(rkk1)C_m1=kC_m1C_{\_}{m}=r\,C_{\_}{m-1}-|F|\geqslant(r-\frac{k}{k-1})C_{\_}{m-1}=k\,C_{\_}{m-1}, as claimed. It follows that there exist at least knk^{n} nonrepetitive LL-colourings of PP. ∎

3.2 Cycles

Let C_nC_{\_}n be the nn-vertex cycle. Currie [38] proved that

π(C_n)={4if n{5,7,9,10,14,17},3otherwise.\pi(C_{\_}n)=\begin{cases}4&\text{if }n\in\{5,7,9,10,14,17\},\\ 3&\text{otherwise.}\end{cases}

Barát and Wood [17] considered walk-nonrepetitive colourings of cycles, and showed:

ρ(C_n)σ(C_n)5.\rho(C_{\_}n)\leqslant\sigma(C_{\_}n)\leqslant 5.
Open Problem 3.9.

Is πch(C_n)4\pi_{\textup{ch}}(C_{\_}n)\leqslant 4 for infinitely many nn? Is ρ(C_n)4\rho(C_{\_}n)\leqslant 4 for infinitely many nn? It is possible that πch(C_n)3\pi_{\textup{ch}}(C_{\_}n)\leqslant 3 or ρ(C_n)3\rho(C_{\_}n)\leqslant 3 for infinitely many nn, but these questions are open even for paths (Open Problems 3.7 and 3.2). Is σ(C_n)4\sigma(C_{\_}n)\leqslant 4 for infinitely many nn?

3.3 Bounded Degree Graphs

Alon et al. [8] proved that graphs with maximum degree Δ\Delta are nonrepetitively edge-colourable with O(Δ2)O(\Delta^{2}) colours. The precise bound shown was π(G)216Δ2\pi^{\prime}(G)\leqslant 2^{16}\Delta^{2}. Alon et al. [8] remarked that the proof also works for nonrepetitive vertex colourings; that is, π(G)216Δ2\pi(G)\leqslant 2^{16}\Delta^{2}. Several authors subsequently improved this constant: to 36Δ236\Delta^{2} by Grytczuk [71], to 16Δ216\Delta^{2} by Grytczuk [70], to (12.2+o(1))Δ2(12.2+o(1))\Delta^{2} by Haranta and Jendrol [81], and to 10.4Δ210.4\Delta^{2} by Kolipaka et al. [94]. All these proofs used the Lovász Local Lemma [59]. Dujmović et al. [48] improved the constant to 1, by showing that for every graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta,

π(G)Δ2+O(Δ5/3).\pi(G)\leqslant\Delta^{2}+O(\Delta^{5/3}). (3)

The proof of Dujmović et al. [48] uses entropy compression; see [65, 66, 60] for refinements and simplifications to the method. Equation Equation 3 was subsequently proved using a variety of techniques: the local cut lemma of Bernshteyn [18], cluster-expansion [23, 13], and a novel counting argument due to Rosenfeld [130]. The best known asymptotic bound is π(G)Δ2+O(Δ5/6)\pi(G)\leqslant\Delta^{2}+O(\Delta^{5/6}) due to Harris and Srinivasan [83].

We present two proof of Equation 3. The first, perhaps surprisingly, uses nothing more than the Lovász Local Lemma. The second is the counting arguement due to Rosenfeld [130]. Both proofs use the following well known observation:

Lemma 3.10.

For every graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta, for every vertex vv of GG, and for every ss\in\mathbb{N}, there are at most sΔ(Δ1)2s2s\Delta(\Delta-1)^{2s-2} paths on 2s2s vertices that contain vv (where we consider a path to be a subgraph of GG, so that a path and its reverse are counted once.)

Proof.

Let 𝒫\mathcal{P} be the set of 2s2s-vertex paths in GG that contain vv. For each P𝒫P\in\mathcal{P}, by choosing the start vertex of PP appropriately, we may consider vv to be the ii-th vertex in PP, for some i{1,,s}i\in\{1,\dots,s\}. There are at most Δ(Δ1)2s2\Delta(\Delta-1)^{2s-2} paths in 𝒫\mathcal{P} in which vv is the first vertex (since are at most Δ\Delta choices for the neighbour of vv in the path, and once this is fixed, for each of the 2s22s-2 internal vertices there are at most Δ1\Delta-1 choices). For each i{2,,s}i\in\{2,\dots,s\}, there are at most Δ(Δ1)2s2\Delta(\Delta-1)^{2s-2} paths in 𝒫\mathcal{P} in which vv is the ii-th vertex (since at vv there are at most Δ(Δ1)\Delta(\Delta-1) choices for the neighbours of vv in the path, and once these are fixed, for each of the remaining 2s32s-3 internal vertices there are at most Δ1\Delta-1 choices). In total, there are at most sΔ(Δ1)2s2s\Delta(\Delta-1)^{2s-2} paths on 2s2s vertices that contain vv. ∎

3.4 Lovász Local Lemma

The Lovász Local Lemma is a powerful tool for proving the existence of combinatorial objects, and has been applied in numerous and diverse settings. The following is a statement of the General Local Lemma, which is due to Lovász and first published by Spencer [135].

Lemma 3.11 (General Local Lemma).

Let ={A_1,,A_n}\mathcal{E}=\{A_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n\} be a set of ‘bad’ events, such that each A_iA_{\_}i is mutually independent of (𝒟_i{A_i})\mathcal{E}\setminus(\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\cup\{A_{\_}i\}) for some 𝒟_i\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\subseteq\mathcal{E}. Let x_1,,x_n[0,1)x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}n\in[0,1) such that for each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\},

(A_i)_A_j𝒟_i(1x_j).\mathbb{P}(A_{\_}i)\leqslant\prod_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}(1-x_{\_}j).

Then with positive probability, none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur.

Lemma 3.11 can be difficult to apply, since choosing the right values of x_1,,x_nx_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}n is somewhat mysterious. The following Weighted Local Lemma by Molloy and Reed [108, p.221] avoids this difficulty, since in practice the weights t_1,,t_nt_{\_}1,\dots,t_{\_}n are self-evident.

Lemma 3.12 (Weighted Local Lemma).

Let ={A_1,,A_n}\mathcal{E}=\{A_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n\} be a set of ‘bad’ events, such that each A_iA_{\_}i is mutually independent of (𝒟_i{A_i})\mathcal{E}\setminus(\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\cup\{A_{\_}i\}) for some 𝒟_i\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\subseteq\mathcal{E}. Assume p[0,14]p\in[0,\frac{1}{4}] and t_1,,t_n1t_{\_}1,\dots,t_{\_}n\geqslant 1 are real numbers such that for each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\},

  • (A_i)pt_i\mathbb{P}(A_{\_}i)\leqslant p^{t_{\_}i}, and

  • _A_j𝒟_i(2p)t_jt_i2\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}(2p)^{t_{\_}j}\leqslant\frac{t_{\_}i}{2}.

Then with positive probability, none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur.

Lemma 3.12 leads to the following straightforward proof that π(G)O(Δ(G)2)\pi(G)\leqslant O(\Delta(G)^{2}), which we include as a warm-up.

Proposition 3.13.

For every graph GG with maximum degree Δ1\Delta\geqslant 1,

πch(G)2Δ2+4ΔΔ+1+4Δ.\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant\lceil 2\Delta^{2}+4\Delta\sqrt{\Delta+1}+4\Delta\rceil.
Proof.

Let c:=2Δ2+4ΔΔ+1+4Δc:=2\Delta^{2}+4\Delta\sqrt{\Delta+1}+4\Delta and r:=2Δ2c<1r:=\frac{2\Delta^{2}}{c}<1 and p:=1c14p:=\frac{1}{c}\leqslant\frac{1}{4}. Let LL be a c\lceil c\rceil-list assignment for GG. Colour each vertex vv of GG, independently at random, by an element of L(v)L(v). Let P_1,,P_nP_{\_}1,\dots,P_{\_}n be the non-empty paths in GG with an even number of vertices. For each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}, let A_iA_{\_}i be the event that P_iP_{\_}i is repetitively coloured, and let t_i:=12|V(P_i)|t_{\_}i:=\frac{1}{2}|V(P_{\_}i)|. Then (A_i)pt_i\mathbb{P}(A_{\_}i)\leqslant p^{t_{\_}i}, and the first condition in Lemma 3.12 is satisfied. Let 𝒟_i:={A_j:P_jP_i,ji}\mathcal{D}_{\_}i:=\{A_{\_}j:P_{\_}j\cap P_{\_}i\neq\emptyset,j\neq i\}. Then A_iA_{\_}i is mutually independent of {A_1,,A_n}(𝒟_i{A_i})\{A_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n\}\setminus(\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\cup\{A_{\_}i\}). By Lemma 3.10, each P_iP_{\_}i intersects at most 2t_isΔ2s12t_{\_}is\Delta^{2s-1} paths with 2s2s vertices. The second condition in Lemma 3.12 is satisfied since

_A_j𝒟_i(2p)t_i_s1(2t_isΔ2s1)(2p)s=2t_iΔ_s1s(2pΔ2)s=2t_iΔ_s1srs=2t_iΔr(1r)2=t_i2.\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}\!\!(2p)^{t_{\_}i}\;\leqslant\sum_{\_}{s\geqslant 1}(2t_{\_}is\Delta^{2s-1})(2p)^{s}=\frac{2t_{\_}i}{\Delta}\sum_{\_}{s\geqslant 1}s(2p\Delta^{2})^{s}=\frac{2t_{\_}i}{\Delta}\sum_{\_}{s\geqslant 1}sr^{s}=\frac{2t_{\_}i}{\Delta}\frac{r}{(1-r)^{2}}=\frac{t_{\_}i}{2}.

The penultimate equality here uses a formula for the sum of an arithmetico-geometric sequence [142]. The last equality is proved by solving the quadratic, 4r=Δ(1r)24r=\Delta(1-r)^{2}, and substituting r=2Δ2cr=\frac{2\Delta^{2}}{c}. By Lemma 3.12, with positive probability, none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur. Hence there exists an LL-colouring such that none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur, in which case there are no repetitively coloured paths. Therefore πch(G)c\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant\lceil c\rceil. ∎

Molloy and Reed [108] write, “As the reader will see upon reading the proof of the Weighted Local Lemma, the constant terms in the statement can be adjusted somewhat if needed.” The next lemma does this.

Lemma 3.14 (Optimised Weighted Local Lemma).

Fix ϵ,δ,p>0\epsilon,\delta,p>0 such that 0<pδ<11+ϵ0<p\leqslant\delta<\frac{1}{1+\epsilon}. Define γ:=(1+ϵ)δ\gamma:=(1+\epsilon)\delta and α:=1γlog(11γ)\alpha:=\tfrac{1}{\gamma}\log(\tfrac{1}{1-\gamma}) and β:=1αlog(1+ϵ)\beta:=\tfrac{1}{\alpha}\log(1+\epsilon). Let ={A_1,,A_n}\mathcal{E}=\{A_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n\} be a set of ‘bad’ events, such that each A_iA_{\_}i is mutually independent of (𝒟_i{A_i})\mathcal{E}\setminus(\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\cup\{A_{\_}i\}) for some 𝒟_i\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\subseteq\mathcal{E}. Let t_1,,t_n1t_{\_}1,\dots,t_{\_}n\geqslant 1 be real numbers such that for each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\},

  • (A_i)pt_i\mathbb{P}(A_{\_}i)\leqslant p^{t_{\_}i}, and

  • _A_j𝒟_i((1+ϵ)p)t_jβt_i\displaystyle\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}j}\leqslant\beta t_{\_}i.

Then with positive probability, none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur.

Note that Lemma 3.14 with ϵ=1\epsilon=1 implies Lemma 3.12 since β12\beta\geqslant\frac{1}{2} for p[0,14]p\in[0,\frac{1}{4}]. The proof of Lemma 3.14 is essentially the same as the proof of Lemma 3.12 by Molloy and Reed [108], who use ϵ=1\epsilon=1 and α=2log2\alpha=2\log 2.

Proof of Lemma 3.14..

For each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}, let x_i:=((1+ϵ)p)t_ix_{\_}i:=((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}i}. Then x_i[0,(1+ϵ)δ]x_{\_}i\in[0,(1+\epsilon)\delta]. Note that α1\alpha\geqslant 1 and 1xexp(αx)1-x\geqslant\exp(-\alpha x) for all x[0,(1+ϵ)δ]x\in[0,(1+\epsilon)\delta]. Thus

x_i_A_j𝒟_i(1x_j)\displaystyle x_{\_}i\prod_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}(1-x_{\_}j) x_i_A_j𝒟_iexp(αx_j)\displaystyle\geqslant x_{\_}i\prod_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}\exp(-\alpha x_{\_}j)
=x_iexp(α_A_j𝒟_ix_j)\displaystyle=x_{\_}i\exp(-\alpha\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}x_{\_}j)
=((1+ϵ)p)t_iexp(α_A_j𝒟_i((1+ϵ)p)t_j)\displaystyle=((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}i}\exp(-\alpha\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}j})
((1+ϵ)p)t_iexp(αβt_i)\displaystyle\geqslant((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}i}\exp(-\alpha\beta t_{\_}i)
=((1+ϵ)p)t_iexp(log(1+ϵ)t_i)\displaystyle=((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}i}\exp(-\log(1+\epsilon)t_{\_}i)
=pt_i\displaystyle=p^{t_{\_}i}
(A_i).\displaystyle\geqslant\mathbb{P}(A_{\_}i).

The result follows from Lemma 3.11. ∎

We now give our first proof of Equation 3.

Theorem 3.15.

For every graph GG with maximum degree Δ2\Delta\geqslant 2,

πch(G)Δ2+24/3Δ5/3+O(Δ4/3).\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant\Delta^{2}+2^{4/3}\Delta^{5/3}+O(\Delta^{4/3}).
Proof.

Let ϵ:=21/3Δ1/3\epsilon:=2^{1/3}\Delta^{-1/3}. (The reason for this definition will be apparent at the end of the proof.) Let δ:=(1+ϵ)1Δ2\delta:=(1+\epsilon)^{-1}\Delta^{-2}. As in Lemma 3.14, define γ:=(1+ϵ)δ=Δ2\gamma:=(1+\epsilon)\delta=\Delta^{-2} and α:=1γlog(11γ)\alpha:=\tfrac{1}{\gamma}\log(\tfrac{1}{1-\gamma}) and β:=1αlog(1+ϵ)\beta:=\tfrac{1}{\alpha}\log(1+\epsilon). Note that 1α4log(43)<1.151\leqslant\alpha\leqslant 4\log(\tfrac{4}{3})<1.15 since γ14\gamma\leqslant\frac{1}{4}. (It may help the reader’s intuition to pretend that α=1\alpha=1.) Let

c:=(1+ϵ)Δ(Δ+1β(2βΔ+1+1)).c:=(1+\epsilon)\Delta(\Delta+\tfrac{1}{\beta}(\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1}+1)).

We now prove that πch(G)c\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant\lceil c\rceil. First we write cc in a more convenient form. Since β>0\beta>0,

(2βΔ+222βΔ+1)(2βΔ+2+22βΔ+1)=(2βΔ+2)24(2βΔ+1)=4β2Δ2.(2\beta\Delta+2-2\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1})(2\beta\Delta+2+2\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1})=(2\beta\Delta+2)^{2}-4(2\beta\Delta+1)=4\beta^{2}\Delta^{2}.

Thus

2βΔ32βΔ+222βΔ+1=Δ2β(2βΔ+2+22βΔ+1)=Δ(Δ+1β(2βΔ+1+1)).\frac{2\beta\Delta^{3}}{2\beta\Delta+2-2\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1}}=\frac{\Delta}{2\beta}(2\beta\Delta+2+2\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1})=\Delta(\Delta+\tfrac{1}{\beta}(\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1}+1)).

Muliplying by 1+ϵ1+\epsilon,

c=(1+ϵ)2βΔ3(2βΔ+2)8βΔ+4.c=\frac{(1+\epsilon)2\beta\Delta^{3}}{(2\beta\Delta+2)-\sqrt{8\beta\Delta+4}}.

Let p:=1cp:=\frac{1}{c}. Then pδ11+ϵp\leqslant\delta\leqslant\frac{1}{1+\epsilon}, as required by Lemma 3.14. Let r:=(1+ϵ)pΔ2<1r:=(1+\epsilon)p\Delta^{2}<1. Then

r=(1+ϵ)Δ2c=(2βΔ+2)8βΔ+42βΔ=(2βΔ+2)(2βΔ+2)24β2Δ22βΔ.r=\frac{(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}}{c}=\frac{(2\beta\Delta+2)-\sqrt{8\beta\Delta+4}}{2\beta\Delta}=\frac{(2\beta\Delta+2)-\sqrt{(2\beta\Delta+2)^{2}-4\beta^{2}\Delta^{2}}}{2\beta\Delta}.

By the quadratic formula, βΔr2+(2βΔ2)r+βΔ=0\beta\Delta r^{2}+(-2\beta\Delta-2)r+\beta\Delta=0. That is,

2r=βΔ(12r+r2)=βΔ(1r)2.2r=\beta\Delta(1-2r+r^{2})=\beta\Delta(1-r)^{2}.

Let LL be a c\lceil c\rceil-list assignment for GG. Colour each vertex vv of GG, independently at random, by an element of L(v)L(v). Let P_1,,P_nP_{\_}1,\dots,P_{\_}n be the non-empty paths in GG with an even number of vertices. Here we consider a path to be a subgraph of GG, so that a path and its reverse are the same path. For each i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}, let A_iA_{\_}i be the event that P_iP_{\_}i is repetitively coloured, and let t_i:=12|V(P_i)|t_{\_}i:=\frac{1}{2}|V(P_{\_}i)|. Then (A_i)pt_i\mathbb{P}(A_{\_}i)\leqslant p^{t_{\_}i}, and the first condition in Lemma 3.14 is satisfied. Let 𝒟_i:={A_j:P_jP_i,ji}\mathcal{D}_{\_}i:=\{A_{\_}j:P_{\_}j\cap P_{\_}i\neq\emptyset,j\neq i\}. Then A_iA_{\_}i is mutually independent of {A_1,,A_n}(𝒟_i{A_i})\{A_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n\}\setminus(\mathcal{D}_{\_}i\cup\{A_{\_}i\}). By Lemma 3.10, for each ss\in\mathbb{N}, each P_iP_{\_}i intersects at most 2t_isΔ2s12t_{\_}is\Delta^{2s-1} paths with 2s2s vertices. (The lower order terms in this result can be improved by using Lemma 3.10 more precisely.) The second condition in Lemma 3.14 is satisfied since

_A_j𝒟_i((1+ϵ)p)t_i\displaystyle\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}\!\!((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}i} _s1(2t_isΔ2s1)((1+ϵ)p)s\displaystyle\leqslant\sum_{\_}{s\geqslant 1}(2t_{\_}is\Delta^{2s-1})((1+\epsilon)p)^{s}
_s1(2t_isΔ2s1)(rΔ2)s\displaystyle\leqslant\sum_{\_}{s\geqslant 1}(2t_{\_}is\Delta^{2s-1})\left(\frac{r}{\Delta^{2}}\right)^{s}
=2t_iΔ_s1srs\displaystyle=\frac{2t_{\_}i}{\Delta}\sum_{\_}{s\geqslant 1}sr^{s}
=2t_iΔr(1r)2\displaystyle=\frac{2t_{\_}i}{\Delta}\frac{r}{(1-r)^{2}}
=βt_i.\displaystyle=\beta\,t_{\_}i. (4)

The penultimate equality uses a formula for the sum of an arithmetico-geometric sequence [142]. By Lemma 3.12, with positive probability, none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur. Hence there exists an LL-colouring such that none of A_1,,A_nA_{\_}1,\dots,A_{\_}n occur, in which case there are no repetitively coloured paths. Therefore πch(G)c\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant c.

It remains to prove the upper bound on c\lceil c\rceil. Using Taylor series expansion as ϵ0\epsilon\to 0,

c=\displaystyle c= (1+ϵ)Δ2+(1+ϵ)Δ(2βΔ+1+1)β\displaystyle(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}+\frac{(1+\epsilon)\Delta(\sqrt{2\beta\Delta+1}+1)}{\beta}
\displaystyle\leqslant (1+ϵ)Δ2+(1+ϵ)Δ(2βΔ+2)β\displaystyle(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}+\frac{(1+\epsilon)\Delta(\sqrt{2\beta\Delta}+2)}{\beta}
=\displaystyle= (1+ϵ)Δ2+(1+ϵ)2Δ3β+2(1+ϵ)Δβ\displaystyle(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}+\frac{(1+\epsilon)\sqrt{2\Delta^{3}}}{\sqrt{\beta}}+\frac{2(1+\epsilon)\Delta}{\beta}
=\displaystyle= (1+ϵ)Δ2+(2α)1/2Δ3/2(1+ϵ)log(1+ϵ)+2αΔ(1+ϵ)log(1+ϵ)\displaystyle(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}+\frac{(2\alpha)^{1/2}\Delta^{3/2}(1+\epsilon)}{\sqrt{\log(1+\epsilon)}}+\frac{2\alpha\Delta(1+\epsilon)}{\log(1+\epsilon)}
=\displaystyle= (1+ϵ)Δ2+(2α)1/2Δ3/2(ϵ1/2+54ϵ1/2+1796ϵ3/213384ϵ5/2+O(ϵ3))\displaystyle(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}+(2\alpha)^{1/2}\Delta^{3/2}\left(\epsilon^{-1/2}+\tfrac{5}{4}\epsilon^{1/2}+\tfrac{17}{96}\epsilon^{3/2}-\tfrac{13}{384}\epsilon^{5/2}+O(\epsilon^{3})\right)
+2αΔ(ϵ1+32+512ϵ124ϵ2+11720ϵ3+O(ϵ4))\displaystyle\hskip 56.9055pt+2\alpha\Delta\left(\epsilon^{-1}+\tfrac{3}{2}+\tfrac{5}{12}\epsilon-\tfrac{1}{24}\epsilon^{2}+\tfrac{11}{720}\epsilon^{3}+O(\epsilon^{4})\right)
=\displaystyle= (1+ϵ)Δ2+(2α)1/2Δ3/2(ϵ1/2+54ϵ1/2+O(ϵ3/2))+2αΔ(ϵ1+32+O(ϵ))\displaystyle(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}+(2\alpha)^{1/2}\Delta^{3/2}\left(\epsilon^{-1/2}+\tfrac{5}{4}\epsilon^{1/2}+O(\epsilon^{3/2})\right)+2\alpha\Delta\left(\epsilon^{-1}+\tfrac{3}{2}+O(\epsilon)\right)
=\displaystyle= (1+21/3Δ1/3)Δ2+(2α)1/2Δ3/2((21/3Δ1/3)1/2+54(21/3Δ1/3)1/2+O(Δ1/2))+\displaystyle(1+2^{1/3}\Delta^{-1/3})\Delta^{2}+(2\alpha)^{1/2}\Delta^{3/2}\left((2^{1/3}\Delta^{-1/3})^{-1/2}+\tfrac{5}{4}(2^{1/3}\Delta^{-1/3})^{1/2}+O(\Delta^{-1/2})\right)+
+2αΔ((21/3Δ1/3)1+32+O(Δ1/3))\displaystyle\hskip 91.04881pt+2\alpha\Delta\left((2^{1/3}\Delta^{-1/3})^{-1}+\frac{3}{2}+O(\Delta^{-1/3})\right)
=\displaystyle= Δ2+21/3Δ5/3+(2α)1/2Δ3/2(21/6Δ1/6+54 21/6Δ1/6+O(Δ1/2))+\displaystyle\Delta^{2}+2^{1/3}\Delta^{5/3}+(2\alpha)^{1/2}\Delta^{3/2}\left(2^{-1/6}\Delta^{1/6}+\tfrac{5}{4}\,2^{1/6}\Delta^{-1/6}+O(\Delta^{-1/2})\right)+
+2αΔ(21/3Δ1/3+32+O(Δ1/3))\displaystyle\hskip 91.04881pt+2\alpha\Delta\left(2^{-1/3}\Delta^{1/3}+\tfrac{3}{2}+O(\Delta^{-1/3})\right)
=\displaystyle= Δ2+21/3Δ5/3+(21/3α1/2Δ5/3+α1/25 24/3Δ4/3+O(Δ))+\displaystyle\Delta^{2}+2^{1/3}\Delta^{5/3}+\Big{(}2^{1/3}\alpha^{1/2}\Delta^{5/3}+\alpha^{1/2}5\,2^{-4/3}\Delta^{4/3}+O(\Delta)\Big{)}+
(α22/3Δ4/3+3αΔ+O(Δ2/3))\displaystyle\hskip 91.04881pt\left(\alpha 2^{2/3}\Delta^{4/3}+3\alpha\Delta+O(\Delta^{2/3})\right)
=\displaystyle= Δ2+21/3(1+α1/2)Δ5/3+(α1/2524/3+α22/3)Δ4/3+O(Δ).\displaystyle\Delta^{2}+2^{1/3}(1+\alpha^{1/2})\Delta^{5/3}+(\alpha^{1/2}5\cdot 2^{-4/3}+\alpha 2^{2/3})\Delta^{4/3}+O(\Delta).

Note that α1/2=(1γlog(11γ))1/21+γ\alpha^{1/2}=(\tfrac{1}{\gamma}\log(\tfrac{1}{1-\gamma}))^{1/2}\leqslant 1+\gamma since γ14\gamma\leqslant\frac{1}{4}. Thus α1/21+Δ2\alpha^{1/2}\leqslant 1+\Delta^{-2}, implying cΔ2+24/3Δ5/3+(524/3+22/3)Δ4/3+O(Δ)c\leqslant\Delta^{2}+2^{4/3}\Delta^{5/3}+(5\cdot 2^{-4/3}+2^{2/3})\Delta^{4/3}+O(\Delta). ∎

I now reflect on how to use the Optimised Weighted Local Lemma. First introduce a parameter ϵ=ϵ(Δ)\epsilon=\epsilon(\Delta), which tends to 0 as Δ\Delta\to\infty. Leave ϵ\epsilon undefined at this stage; it can be determined optimally at the end of this process. Introduce a variable cc for the number of colours, and leave cc undefined at first. Guess a lower bound cc^{\prime} for cc, as close to cc as possible. In the above proof, cc^{\prime} is (1+ϵ)Δ2(1+\epsilon)\Delta^{2}. Let p:=1cp:=\frac{1}{c} and δ:=1c\delta:=\frac{1}{c^{\prime}}. So δ\delta is a close upper bound for pp. Define γ\gamma, α\alpha and β\beta (in terms of δ\delta and ϵ\epsilon) as in Lemma 3.14. Define appropriate events, and compute their probabilities (in term of pp), from which the weights t_1,,t_nt_{\_}1,\dots,t_{\_}n should be self-evident. Then bound the dependencies of events. Equation Section 3.4 is the heart of the proof. Using the bounds on the dependencies, determine an upper bound X_i(p,ϵ)X_{\_}i(p,\epsilon) for _A_j𝒟_i((1+ϵ)p)t_i\sum_{\_}{A_{\_}j\in\mathcal{D}_{\_}i}((1+\epsilon)p)^{t_{\_}i}. Then solving the equation X_i(p,ϵ)=βt_iX_{\_}i(p,\epsilon)=\beta t_{\_}i gives a value for pp and in turn a value for cc (in terms of ϵ\epsilon) so that Lemma 3.14 is applicable. Finally, choose ϵ\epsilon to minimise cc. Using this approach, the mysterious process of choosing the numbers x_1,,x_nx_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}n in the General Local Lemma is partially automated.

3.5 Rosenfeld Counting

The following proof of Equation 3 uses a clever counting argument due to Rosenfeld [130]222The bound in Theorem 3.16 is slightly less than the bound of Rosenfeld [130], improving the coefficient in the Δ\Delta term., which is inspired by the so-called power series method for pattern avoidance [126, 118, 24]. See [140] for an abstract generalisation of Theorem 3.16 that has applications to several other (hyper)graph colouring problems.

Theorem 3.16.

For every graph GG with maximum degree Δ2\Delta\geqslant 2,

πch(G)Δ2+322/3Δ5/3+22/3Δ4/3Δ24/3Δ2/3+2.\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant\Delta^{2}+3\cdot 2^{-2/3}\Delta^{5/3}+2^{2/3}\Delta^{4/3}-\Delta-2^{4/3}\Delta^{2/3}+2.

This theorem is implied by the following lemma with r:=(1+21/3Δ1/3)1r:=(1+2^{1/3}\Delta^{-1/3})^{-1}. In fact, this lemma proves a stronger result that implies there are exponentially many colourings and is essential for the inductive argument. For a list assignment LL of a graph GG, let Π(G,L)\Pi(G,L) be the number of nonrepetitive LL-colourings of GG.

Lemma 3.17.

Fix an integer Δ2\Delta\geqslant 2 and a real number r(0,1)r\in(0,1). Let

β:=(Δ1)2randc:=β+Δ(1r)2.\beta:=\frac{(\Delta-1)^{2}}{r}\quad\text{and}\quad c:=\left\lceil\beta+\frac{\Delta}{(1-r)^{2}}\right\rceil.

Then for every graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta, for every cc-list assignment LL of GG, and for every vertex vv of GG,

Π(G,L)βΠ(Gv,L).\Pi(G,L)\geqslant\beta\,\Pi(G-v,L).
Proof.

We proceed by induction on |V(G)||V(G)|. The base case with |V(G)|=1|V(G)|=1 is trivial (assuming Π(G,L)\Pi(G,L)\neq\emptyset if V(G)=V(G)=\emptyset). Let nn be an integer such that the lemma holds for all graphs with less than nn vertices. Let GG be an nn-vertex graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta. Let LL be a cc-list assignment of GG. Let vv be any vertex of GG. Let FF be the set of LL-colourings of GG that are repetitive but are nonrepetitive on GvG-v. Then

Π(G,L)=|L(v)|Π(Gv,L)|F|cΠ(Gv,L)|F|.\displaystyle\Pi(G,L)=|L(v)|\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,|F|\geqslant c\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,|F|. (5)

We now upper-bound |F||F|. For ii\in\mathbb{N}, let F_iF_{\_}i be the set of colourings in FF, for which there is a repetitively path in GG on 2i2i vertices. Then |F|_i|F_i||F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}|F_{\_}i|. For each colouring ϕ\phi in F_iF_{\_}i there is a repetitively path PQPQ on 2i2i vertices in GG such that vV(P)v\in V(P), GV(P)G-V(P) is nonrepetitively coloured by ϕ\phi, and ϕ\phi is completely determined by the restriction of ϕ\phi to GV(P)G-V(P) colouring (since the colouring of QQ is identical to the colouring of PP). Charge ϕ\phi to PQPQ. The number of colourings in F_iF_{\_}i charged to PQPQ is at most Π(GV(P),L)\Pi(G-V(P),L). Since PP contains vv and i1i-1 other vertices, by induction

Π(Gv,L)βi1Π(GV(P),L).\displaystyle\Pi(G-v,L)\geqslant\beta^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-V(P),L).

Thus the number of colourings in F_iF_{\_}i charged to PQPQ is at most β1iΠ(Gv,L)\beta^{1-i}\,\Pi(G-v,L). By Lemma 3.10, there are at most iΔ(Δ1)2i2i\Delta(\Delta-1)^{2i-2} paths on 2i2i vertices including vv. Thus

|F_i|iΔ(Δ1)2i2β1iΠ(Gv,L)\displaystyle|F_{\_}i|\leqslant i\,\Delta(\Delta-1)^{2i-2}\,\beta^{1-i}\,\Pi(G-v,L) =iΔ((Δ1)2β)i1Π(Gv,L)\displaystyle=i\,\Delta\left(\frac{(\Delta-1)^{2}}{\beta}\right)^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-v,L)
=iΔri1Π(Gv,L).\displaystyle=i\,\Delta r^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-v,L).

Hence

|F|_i|F_i|=_iiΔri1Π(Gv,L)\displaystyle|F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}|F_{\_}i|=\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}i\,\Delta r^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-v,L) =ΔΠ(Gv,L)_iiri1\displaystyle=\Delta\,\Pi(G-v,L)\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}i\,r^{i-1}
=Δ(1r)2Π(Gv,L).\displaystyle=\frac{\Delta}{(1-r)^{2}}\,\Pi(G-v,L).

By Equation 5,

Π(G,L)cΠ(Gv,L)|F|\displaystyle\Pi(G,L)\geqslant c\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,|F| cΠ(Gv,L)Δ(1r)2Π(Gv,L)\displaystyle\geqslant c\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,\frac{\Delta}{(1-r)^{2}}\,\Pi(G-v,L)
βΠ(Gv,L),\displaystyle\geqslant\beta\,\Pi(G-v,L),

as desired. ∎

Open Problem 3.18.

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of graphs GG with maximum degree 3? Lemma 3.17 with r=0.389r=0.389 implies πch(G)19\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant 19. I expect this bound can be improved using entropy compression tailored to the Δ3\Delta\leqslant 3 case.

3.6 Lower Bound

Alon et al. [8] proved the following lower bound on the nonrepetitive chromatic nuber of bounded degree graphs.

Theorem 3.19 ([8]).

There is an absolute constant c>0c>0 such that for all Δ\Delta there exists a graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta, and

π(G)cΔ2logΔ.\pi(G)\geqslant\frac{c\Delta^{2}}{\log\Delta}.
Proof.

We make no attempt to optimise the constant cc. We may assume that Δ\Delta is sufficiently large, since the result is trivial for small Δ\Delta if cc is small enough. Let nn be a (large) integer. Define p:=4lognnp:=4\sqrt{\frac{\log n}{n}}. Let G=G(12n,p)G=G(12n,p) be the graph with vertex set {1,,12n}\{1,\dots,12n\} obtained by choosing each pair of distinct vertices to be an edge, independently at random with probability pp.

We claim that GG satisfies the following three properties with probability tending to 1 as nn\to\infty:

  1. (i)

    The maximum degree of GG is at most Δ:=96nlogn\Delta:=96\sqrt{n\log n}.

  2. (ii)

    There is at least one edge of GG between any two disjoint sets of vertices each of size at least nn.

  3. (iii)

    For every collection of 3n3n pairwise disjoint subsets {u_1,v_1},{u_2,v_2},,{u_3n,v_3n}\{u_{\_}1,v_{\_}1\},\{u_{\_}2,v_{\_}2\},\dots,\{u_{\_}{3n},v_{\_}{3n}\} of V(G)V(G), there is a subset S{1,,3n}S\subseteq\{1,\dots,3n\} with |S|n|S|\geqslant n such that the graph with vertex-set SS and edge-set {st:u_su_t,v_sv_tE(G)}\{st:u_{\_}su_{\_}t,v_{\_}sv_{\_}t\in E(G)\} is connected.

To prove this claim, we show that for each of (i) – (iii) the probability of failure tends to 0 as nn\to\infty.

For (i), the expected degree of each vertex vv of GG equals p(12n1)<48nlognp(12n-1)<48\sqrt{n\log n}. Chernoff’s Inequality implies that the probability that deg(v)>96nlogn\deg(v)>96\sqrt{n\log n} is less than exp(16nlogn)\exp(-16\sqrt{n\log n}). Thus the probability that some vertex of GG has degree greater than 96nlogn96\sqrt{n\log n} is less than exp(16nlogn)n0\exp(-16\sqrt{n\log n})n\to 0.

For (ii), consider disjoint sets A,BV(G)A,B\subseteq V(G) with |A|,|B|n|A|,|B|\geqslant n. The probability that there is no ABAB-edge in GG equals (1p)|A||B|exp(p|A||B|)exp(4n3/2logn)(1-p)^{|A|\,|B|}\leqslant\exp(-p\,|A|\,|B|)\leqslant\exp(-4n^{3/2}\sqrt{\log n}). The number of such pairs A,BA,B is less than (12nn)2(12e)2n\binom{12n}{n}^{2}\leqslant(12e)^{2n}. Hence, the probability that (ii) fails is less than exp(4n3/2logn)(12e)2n=exp((4+o(1))lognn3/2)0\exp(-4n^{3/2}\sqrt{\log n})(12e)^{2n}=\exp(-(4+o(1))\sqrt{\log n}\,n^{3/2})\to 0.

For (iii), fix pairwise disjoints subsets {u_1,v_1},{u_2,v_2},,{u_3n,v_3n}\{u_{\_}1,v_{\_}1\},\{u_{\_}2,v_{\_}2\},\dots,\{u_{\_}{3n},v_{\_}{3n}\} of V(G)V(G). We now estimate the probability that there is no set SS as in (iii). Let HH be the graph with vertex-set {1,,3n}\{1,\dots,3n\} and edge-set {ij:u_iu_j,v_iv_jE(G)}\{ij:u_{\_}iu_{\_}j,v_{\_}iv_{\_}j\in E(G)\}. Then HH is a random graph with 3n3n vertices in which every pair of distinct vertices forms an edge, independently at random with probability p2=16lognnp^{2}=\frac{16\log n}{n}. Our objective is to estimate the probability that there is no connected component of at least nn vertices in HH. If this happens, then the set of vertices of HH can be partitioned into two disjoint sets, each of size at least nn with no edges between them. The probability of this event is less than 23n(1p2)n2<23nexp(p2n2)23nexp(16(logn)n)=23nn16n2^{3n}(1-p^{2})^{n^{2}}<2^{3n}\exp(-p^{2}n^{2})\leqslant 2^{3n}\exp(-16(\log n)n)=2^{3n}n^{-16n}. The number of pairwise disjoint subsets {u_1,v_1},{u_2,v_2},,{u_3n,v_3n}\{u_{\_}1,v_{\_}1\},\{u_{\_}2,v_{\_}2\},\dots,\{u_{\_}{3n},v_{\_}{3n}\} of V(G)V(G) equals (12n6n)(6n1)!!=(12n6n)(6n)!23n3n!<(12n)6n\binom{12n}{6n}(6n-1)!!=\binom{12n}{6n}\frac{(6n)!}{2^{3n}3n!}<(12n)^{6n}. Thus the probability that (iii) fails is less than (12n)6n23nn16n0(12n)^{6n}2^{3n}n^{-16n}\to 0. This completes the proof of the claim.

Returning to the proof of the theorem, suppose that GG satisfies (i)–(iii). Consider any 6n6n-colouring of GG. Omit one vertex from each color class containing an odd number of vertices, and partition the remaining vertices within each colour class into pairs. This produces at least 3n3n pairs {u_1,v_1},,{u_3n,v_3n}\{u_{\_}1,v_{\_}1\},\dots,\{u_{\_}{3n},v_{\_}{3n}\}, where u_iu_{\_}i and v_iv_{\_}i have the same color. Thus there is a subset S{1,,3n}S\subseteq\{1,\dots,3n\} satisfying (iii). By (ii) applied to the sets {u_t:tS}\{u_{\_}t:t\in S\} and {v_s:sS}\{v_{\_}s:s\in S\} there is an edge u_tv_su_{\_}tv_{\_}s of GG with s,tSs,t\in S. Let (s=s_1,s_2,,s_r=t)(s=s_{\_}1,s_{\_}2,\dots,s_{\_}r=t) be a path from ss to tt in the graph with vertex-set SS and edge-set {ij:u_iu_j,v_iv_jE(G)}\{ij:u_{\_}iu_{\_}j,v_{\_}iv_{\_}j\in E(G)\}. Such a path exists, by (iii). Then, the path (u_s,u_s_2,u_s_3,,u_t,v_s,v_s_2v_s_3,,v_t)(u_{\_}s,u_{\_}{s_{\_}2},u_{\_}{s_{\_}3},\dots,u_{\_}t,v_{\_}s,v_{\_}{s_{\_}2}v_{\_}{s_{\_}3},\dots,v_{\_}t) in GG is repetitively coloured. Thus π(G)>6nΔ23072logΔ\pi(G)>6n\geqslant\frac{\Delta^{2}}{3072\log\Delta}. ∎

We finish this subsection with a number of open problems.

Open Problem 3.20.

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of graphs with maximum degree Δ\Delta? The answer is between Ω(Δ2/logΔ)\Omega(\Delta^{2}/\log\Delta) and Δ2+O(Δ5/6)\Delta^{2}+O(\Delta^{5/6}). Given the plethora of proofs of the (1+o(1))Δ2(1+o(1))\Delta^{2} upper bound, it would be very interesting to obtain a (1ϵ)Δ2(1-\epsilon)\Delta^{2} upper bound for some fixed ϵ\epsilon.

Little is known about stroll-nonrepetitive and walk-nonrepetitive colourings of graphs with bounded degree.

Open Problem 3.21.

Is there a function ff such that ρ(G)f(Δ(G))\rho(G)\leqslant f(\Delta(G)) for every graph GG?

Open Problem 3.22 ([16, 17]).

Is there a function ff such that σ(G)f(Δ(G))\sigma(G)\leqslant f(\Delta(G)) for every graph GG?

By Lemma 2.6, questions Open Problems 3.21 and 3.22 have the same answer.

Open Problem 3.22 was extensively studied by Barát and Wood [17]. Indeed, Barát and Wood [17] formulated a conjecture that they claimed would imply a positive answer to Open Problem 3.22. However, Hendrey [87] disproved the conjecture. Also note that Aprile [13] claimed to prove an affirmative answer to Open Problem 3.22, but the proof has an error [personal communication, Manuel Aprile 2017].

The analogous lower bound questions are also of interest.

Open Problem 3.23.

Is there a quadratic or super-quadratic lower bound on ρ\rho or σ\sigma for some graph of maximum degree Δ\Delta?

3.7 Edge Colourings and Line Graphs

An edge-colouring of a graph GG is nonrepetititive if for every path PP in GG, the sequence of colours on the edges of PP is not a repetition. Nonrepetitive edge colourings have been studied in several papers [100, 16, 8, 29], as has walk-nonrepetitive edge colourings [16]. Since any two edges incident with a common vertex form a repetition,

π(G)χ(G)Δ(G).\pi^{\prime}(G)\geqslant\chi^{\prime}(G)\geqslant\Delta(G). (6)

Conversely, Alon et al. [8] showed that π(G)O(Δ2)\pi^{\prime}(G)\leqslant O(\Delta^{2}) for every graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta. Let L(G)L(G) be the line graph of a graph GG. That is, V(L(G)):=E(G)V(L(G)):=E(G) where two vertices in L(G)L(G) are adjacent whenever the corresponding edges in GG share a common endpoint. Since every path in GG corresponds to a path in L(G)L(G),

π(G)π(L(G))).\pi^{\prime}(G)\leqslant\pi(L(G))). (7)

The best upper bound, due to Rosenfeld [130], is

Δ(G)π(G)Δ(G)2+O(Δ5/3).\Delta(G)\leqslant\pi^{\prime}(G)\leqslant\Delta(G)^{2}+O(\Delta^{5/3}). (8)

Resolving the gap in the bounds in Equation 8 is an important open problem.

Open Problem 3.24 ([8]).

Is there a constant cc such that for every graph GG,

π(G)cΔ(G)?\pi^{\prime}(G)\leqslant c\,\Delta(G)\,?

Note that equality does not necessarily hold in Equation 7. For example, π(C_4)=2\pi^{\prime}(C_{\_}4)=2 but π(L(C_4))=π(C_4)=3\pi(L(C_{\_}4))=\pi(C_{\_}4)=3. In general, a path in L(G)L(G) might correspond to a cycle in GG, so a nonrepetitive vertex-colouring of L(G)L(G) does not necessarily correspond to a nonrepetitive edge-colouring of GG. Nevertheless we have the following bounds.

π(L(G))(1+o(1))Δ(L(G))2(4+o(1))Δ(G)2(4+o(1))π(G)2.\pi(L(G))\leqslant(1+o(1))\Delta(L(G))^{2}\leqslant(4+o(1))\Delta(G)^{2}\leqslant(4+o(1))\pi^{\prime}(G)^{2}.

Alon et al. [8] determined the nonrepetitive chromatic index of complete graphs as follows (thus answering Open Problem 3.24 in the affirmative in this case).

Theorem 3.25 ([8]).

For every kk\in\mathbb{N},

π(K_2k)=2k1.\pi^{\prime}(K_{\_}{2^{k}})=2^{k}-1.
Proof.

Equation 6 implies the lower bound, π(K_2k)2k1\pi^{\prime}(K_{\_}{2^{k}})\geqslant 2^{k}-1. For the upper bound, we may assume that V(K_2k)V(K_{\_}{2^{k}}) is the set of elements of the additive group _2k\mathbb{Z}_{\_}2^{k}. Colour each edge vwvw by v+wv+w, where addition is in _2k\mathbb{Z}_{\_}2^{k}. Since v+w=0v+w=0 if and only if v=wv=w, each edge is coloured by a non-zero element of _2k\mathbb{Z}_{\_}2^{k}. Suppose for the sake of contradiction that P=(v_1,v_2,,v_2t+1)P=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{2t+1}) is a path whose edges are repetitively coloured. Thus v_i+v_i+1=v_t+i+v_t+i+1v_{\_}i+v_{\_}{i+1}=v_{\_}{t+i}+v_{\_}{t+i+1} for each i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Hence

v_1+v_t+1=_i=1t(v_i+v_i+1)=_i=1t(v_t+i+v_t+i+1)=v_t+1+v_2t+1.v_{\_}1+v_{\_}{t+1}=\sum_{\_}{i=1}^{t}(v_{\_}i+v_{\_}{i+1})=\sum_{\_}{i=1}^{t}(v_{\_}{t+i}+v_{\_}{t+i+1})=v_{\_}{t+1}+v_{\_}{2t+1}.

Therefore v_1=v_2t+1v_{\_}1=v_{\_}{2t+1} and PP is a cycle. This contradiction shows that K_2kK_{\_}{2^{k}} is nonrepetitively coloured, and π(K_2k)2k1\pi^{\prime}(K_{\_}{2^{k}})\leqslant 2^{k}-1. ∎

Corollary 3.26 ([8]).

For every nn\in\mathbb{N},

n1π(K_n)2n3.n-1\leqslant\pi^{\prime}(K_{\_}n)\leqslant 2n-3.

The proof method in Theorem 3.25 generalises to show that for complete bipartite graphs, π(K_2k,2k)=2k\pi^{\prime}(K_{\_}{2^{k},2^{k}})=2^{k}. Thus nπ(K_n)2n1n\leqslant\pi^{\prime}(K_{\_}n)\leqslant 2n-1. However, determining π(L(K_n))\pi(L(K_{\_}n)) and π(L(K_n,n))\pi(L(K_{\_}{n,n})) are open.

Open Problem 3.27.

What is π(L(K_n))\pi(L(K_{\_}n))? We know n1π(L(K_n))(4+o(1))n2n-1\leqslant\pi(L(K_{\_}n))\leqslant(4+o(1))n^{2}.

Open Problem 3.28.

What is π(L(K_n,n))\pi(L(K_{\_}{n,n}))? We know nπ(L(K_n,n))(4+o(1))n2n\leqslant\pi(L(K_{\_}{n,n}))\leqslant(4+o(1))n^{2}.

Total Thue coloring was introduced by Schreyer and Škrabuláková [132]. A colouring of the edges and the vertices of a graph is a weak total Thue coloring if the sequence of consecutive vertex-colors and edge-colors of every path is nonrepetitive. If, in addition, the sequence of vertex-colors and the sequence of edge-colors of any path are both nonrepetitive then this is a (strong) total Thue coloring.

For every path PP in a graph GG, the sequence of vertices and edges in PP corresponds to a path in the 1-subdivision of GG. Thus every nonrepetitive colouring of G(1)G^{(1)} defines a weak total nonrepetitive colouring of GG. Hence the weak total Thue chromatic number of GG is at most π(G(1))\pi(G^{(1)}). Similarly, if GG^{\prime} is the square of G(1)G^{(1)}, then every nonrepetitive colouring of GG^{\prime} defines a strong total nonrepetitive colouring of GG. Hence the strong total nonrepetitive chromatic number of GG is at most π(G)\pi(G^{\prime}).

Rosenfeld [130] proved that every graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta has weak total Thue chromatic number at most 6Δ6\Delta and at most 174Δ\lceil\frac{17}{4}\Delta\rceil if Δ300\Delta\geqslant 300. Theorem 6.2 gives an upper bound on π(G(1))\pi(G^{(1)}) which implies that every graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta has weak total Thue chromatic number at most 5.22Δ\lceil 5.22\,\Delta\rceil.

4 Trees and Treewidth

4.1 Trees

Brešar et al. [28] proved that every tree is path-nonrepetitively 4-colourable. Dujmović et al. [46] extended this result for strolls.

Theorem 4.1 ([28, 46]).

For every tree TT,

π(T)ρ(T)4.\pi(T)\leqslant\rho(T)\leqslant 4.
Proof.

Let rr be any vertex of TT. Let V_i:={vV(T):dist_T(r,v)=i}V_{\_}i:=\{v\in V(T):\operatorname{dist}_{\_}T(r,v)=i\}. Thus (V_0,V_1,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}n) is a shadow-complete layering of TT. Each G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is an independent set and is thus stroll-nonrepetitively 1-colourable. The result then follows from Lemma 2.14. ∎

Brešar et al. [28] show that π(T)=4\pi(T)=4 for some tree TT.

Barát and Wood [17] characterised walk-nonrepetitive colourings of trees as follows. This strengthens the analogous characterisation for general graphs in Lemma 2.6.

Lemma 4.2 ([17]).

A colouring cc of a tree TT is walk-nonrepetitive if and only if cc is path-nonrepetitive and distance-22.

Proof.

Every walk-nonrepetitive colouring is path-nonrepetitive and distance-22 by Lemma 2.6. We now prove the converse. Assume cc is a nonrepetitive distance-22 colouring of TT. Suppose on the contrary that TT has a repetitively coloured non-boring walk. Let W=(v_1,v_2,,v_2t)W=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) be a repetitively coloured non-boring walk in TT of minimum length. Some vertex is repeated in WW, as otherwise WW would be a repetitively coloured path. By considering the reverse of WW, without loss of generality, v_i=v_jv_{\_}i=v_{\_}j for some i{1,,t1}i\in\{1,\dots,t-1\} and j{i+2,,2t}j\in\{i+2,\dots,2t\}. Choose ii and jj to minimise jij-i. Thus v_iv_{\_}i is not in the sub-walk (v_i+1,v_i+2,,v_j1)(v_{\_}{i+1},v_{\_}{i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{j-1}). Since TT is a tree, v_i+1=v_j1v_{\_}{i+1}=v_{\_}{j-1}. Thus i+1=j1i+1=j-1, as otherwise jij-i is not minimised. That is, v_i=v_i+2v_{\_}i=v_{\_}{i+2}. Assuming it1i\neq t-1, since WW is repetitively coloured, c(v_t+i)=c(v_t+i+2)c(v_{\_}{t+i})=c(v_{\_}{t+i+2}), which implies that v_t+i=v_t+i+2v_{\_}{t+i}=v_{\_}{t+i+2} because cc is a distance-22 colouring. Thus, even if i=t1i=t-1, deleting the vertices v_i,v_i+1,v_t+i,v_t+i+1v_{\_}{i},v_{\_}{i+1},v_{\_}{t+i},v_{\_}{t+i+1} from WW, gives a walk (v_1,v_2,,v_i1,v_i+2,,v_t+i1,v_t+i+2,,v_2t)(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}{i-1},v_{\_}{i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{t+i-1},v_{\_}{t+i+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2t}) that is also repetitively coloured. This contradicts the minimality of the length of WW. ∎

Barát and Wood [17] showed the following bound on σ(T)\sigma(T).

Lemma 4.3 ([17]).

For every tree TT with maximum degree Δ\Delta,

Δ(T)+1σ(T)4Δ.\Delta(T)+1\leqslant\sigma(T)\leqslant 4\Delta.
Proof.

The lower bound follows from Corollary 2.7. For the upper bound, root TT at some leaf vertex rr. Let V_i:={vV(T):dist_T(r,v)=i}V_{\_}i:=\{v\in V(T):\operatorname{dist}_{\_}T(r,v)=i\}. Thus (V_0,V_1,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}n) is a shadow-complete layering of TT. Each G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is an independent set and is thus stroll-nonrepetitive in any colouring. Each vertex vV_iv\in V_{\_}i has at most Δ1\Delta-1 children, all of which are in V_i+1V_{\_}{i+1}. Let GG be the graph obtained from TT by adding an edge between every pair of vertices with a common parent. A greedy algorithm shows that GG is Δ\Delta-colourable. This colouring of GG satisfies the property in Lemma 2.15. Thus σ(T)4χ(G)4Δ(T)\sigma(T)\leqslant 4\chi(G)\leqslant 4\Delta(T). ∎

Open Problem 4.4.

Is there a constant cc such that σ(T)Δ(T)+c\sigma(T)\leqslant\Delta(T)+c for every tree TT?

Lemmas 4.3 and 2.16 imply:

Corollary 4.5.

For every graph GG and every tree TT,

ρ(GT)4Δ(T)ρ(G).\rho(G\boxtimes T)\leqslant 4\Delta(T)\,\rho(G).

Fiorenzi et al. [62] proved the following surprising result about the nonrepetitive list chromatic number of trees.

Theorem 4.6 ([62]).

Trees have unbounded nonrepetitive list chromatic number.

Theorem 4.6 leads to the natural question: which classes of trees have bounded nonrepetitive list chromatic number πch\pi_{\textup{ch}}? Grytczuk et al. [77] proved an affirmative answer for paths (Theorem 3.5). More generally, Dujmović et al. [48] proved that caterpillars have bounded πch\pi_{\textup{ch}} (see Appendix B in the arXiv version of [48]). Since caterpillars are the graphs with pathwidth 1, Dujmović et al. [48] asked whether trees or graphs with bounded pathwidth have bounded πch\pi_{\textup{ch}}. These questions were completely answered by Gągol et al. [64], who showed that trees with bounded pathwidth have bounded πch\pi_{\textup{ch}}, but this result does not extend to general graphs, by constructing a family of pathwidth-2 graphs with unbounded πch\pi_{\textup{ch}}.

While O(Δ2)O(\Delta^{2}) is an almost tight upper bound on the nonrepetitive list chromatic number of graphs with maximum degree Δ\Delta, it is interesting to ask for which graph classes is there a O(Δ2ϵ)O(\Delta^{2-\epsilon}) bound for some fixed ϵ>0\epsilon>0. Kozik and Micek [97] proved such a result for trees.

Theorem 4.7 ([97]).

For any fixed ϵ>0\epsilon>0, and for every tree TT with maximum degree Δ\Delta,

πch(T)O(Δ1+ϵ).\pi_{\textup{ch}}(T)\leqslant O(\Delta^{1+\epsilon}).
Open Problem 4.8.

What is the maxmum nonrepetitive nonrepetitive list chromatic number of trees with maximum degree Δ\Delta. The best lower bound, due to Fiorenzi et al. [62], is polylog(Δ)\text{polylog}(\Delta). The best upper bound is O(Δ1+ϵ)O(\Delta^{1+\epsilon}) due to Kozik and Micek [97].

4.2 Treewidth

Treewidth measures how similar a given graph is to a tree, and is particularly important in structural and algorithmic graph theory; see the surveys [25, 127, 84]. It is defined as follows. A tree-decomposition of a graph GG consists of a collection {B_xV(G):xV(T)}\{B_{\_}x\subseteq V(G):x\in V(T)\} of subsets of V(G)V(G), called bags, indexed by the vertices of a tree TT, and with the following properties:

  • for every vertex vv of GG, the set {xV(T):vB_x}\{x\in V(T):v\in B_{\_}x\} induces a non-empty (connected) subtree of TT, and

  • for every edge vwvw of GG, there is a vertex xV(T)x\in V(T) for which v,wB_xv,w\in B_{\_}x.

The width of such a tree-decomposition is max{|B_x|:xV(T)}1\max\{|B_{\_}x|:x\in V(T)\}-1. The treewidth of a graph GG is the minimum width of a tree-decomposition of GG. Tree-decompositions and tree-width were introduced by Robertson and Seymour [128], although several equivalent notions were previously studied in the literature.

Tree-decompositions and treewidth are closely related to chordal graphs. A graph is chordal if there is no chordless cycle of length greater than 3. It is well-known that a graph is chordal if and only if it has a tree-decomposition in which each bag is a clique [43]. It follow that a graph has treewidth kk if and only if GG is a subgraph of a chordal graph with no clique on k+2k+2 vertices [43]. We will need the following result.

Lemma 4.9 ([99, 51]).

Every BFS-layering (V_0,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,\dots,V_{\_}n) of a connected chordal graph GG is shadow-complete.

Proof.

Say V_0={r}V_{\_}0=\{r\}. Let HH be a connected component of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] for some i{1,,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}. Let XX be the set of vertices in V_i1V_{\_}{i-1} adjacent to some vertex in HH. Suppose for the sake of contradiction that distinct vertices v,wXv,w\in X are not adjacent. There is a walk from vv to ww through rr in G[V_0V_i]G[V_{\_}0\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}i]. Thus there is a shortest path PP from vv to ww in G[V_0V_i]G[V_{\_}0\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}i]. Since vwE(G)vw\not\in E(G), PP has at least one internal vertex. By definition vv has a neighbour xx in HH, and ww has a neighbour yy in HH. Since HH is connected, there is a path QQ from yy to xx in HH. Choose xx, yy and QQ to minimise the length of QQ. It follows that (P,w,y,Q,x,v)(P,w,y,Q,x,v) is a chordless cycle on at least four vertices in GG. This contradiction shows that XX is a clique, and (V_0,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,\dots,V_{\_}n) is shadow-complete. ∎

Brešar et al. [28] proved that every tree is nonrepetitively 44-colourable. Barát and Varjú [15] and Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99] independently proved that graphs of bounded treewidh have bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number. The best bound is due to Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99], who showed that every graph with treewidth kk is nonrepetitively 4k4^{k}-colourable. Dujmović et al. [46] showed that the proof of Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99] actually gives the following stronger result:

Theorem 4.10 ([46]).

For every graph GG of treewidth kk,

π(G)ρ(G)4k.\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 4^{k}.
Proof.

The proof proceeds by induction on kk. If k=0k=0, then GG has no edges, so assigning the same colour to all the vertices gives a stroll-nonrepetitive colouring. Now assume that k1k\geqslant 1. We may assume that GG is connected. Consider a tree-decomposition of GG of width at most kk. By adding edges if necessary, we may assume that every bag of the tree-decomposition is a clique. Thus, GG is chordal with clique-number at most k+1k+1. Let (V_0,V_1,)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\ldots) be a BFS-layering of GG. By Lemma 4.9, (V_0,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,\dots,V_{\_}n) is shadow-complete. Moreover, the subgraph G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] of GG induced by each layer V_iV_{\_}i has treewidth at most k1k-1. This is clear for i=0i=0 (since k1k\geqslant 1), and for i1i\geqslant 1 this follows from the fact that the graph G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] plus a universal vertex is a minor of GG (contract V_0V_i1V_{\_}0\cup\cdots\cup V_{\_}{i-1} into a single vertex and remove V_i+1,V_i+2,V_{\_}{i+1},V_{\_}{i+2},\dots), and thus has treewidth at most kk. Since removing a universal vertex decreases the treewidth by exactly one, it follows that G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] has treewidth at most k1k-1. By induction, ρ(G[V_i])4k1\rho(G[V_{\_}i])\leqslant 4^{k-1} for each i{0,1,,n}i\in\{0,1,\dots,n\}. By Lemma 2.14, ρ(G)44k1=4k\rho(G)\leqslant 4\cdot 4^{k-1}=4^{k}. ∎

Open Problem 4.11 ([99]).

Is there an upper bound on π(G)\pi(G) or ρ(G)\rho(G) that is polynomial in tw(G)\operatorname{tw}(G)? There is a quadratic lower bound, since π(G)χs(G)\pi(G)\geqslant\chi_{\text{s}}(G) and Albertson et al. [3] proved that for each kk\in\mathbb{N} there is a graph GG with tw(G)=k\operatorname{tw}(G)=k and χs(G)=(k+22)\chi_{\text{s}}(G)=\binom{k+2}{2}.

The following corollary of Lemmas 2.16, 2.17 and 4.10 will be useful later.

Lemma 4.12 ([46]).

For every graph GG, path PP and integer \ell,

ρ(GPK_) 4tw(H)+1.\rho(G\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}\ell)\leqslant\ell\,4^{\operatorname{tw}(H)+1}.

4.3 Pathwidth

Dujmović et al. [48] answered Open Problem 4.11 in the affirmative for π\pi and pathwidth. The proof works for ρ\rho.

Theorem 4.13 ([48]).

For every graph GG with pathwidth kk,

π(G)ρ(G)2k2+6k+1.\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 2k^{2}+6k+1.

The proof of Theorem 4.13 depends on the following helpful way to think about graphs of bounded pathwidth333Dujmović et al. [48] presented Lemma 4.14 in terms of the lexicographical product P_mK_k+1P_{\_}m\cdot K_{\_}{k+1}, which equals P_mK_k+1P_{\_}m\boxtimes K_{\_}{k+1}..

Lemma 4.14 ([48]).

Every graph GG with pathwidth kk contains pairwise disjoint sets B_1,,B_mB_{\_}1,\dots,B_{\_}m of vertices, such that:

  • no two vertices in distinct B_iB_{\_}i are adjacent,

  • G[B_i]G[B_{\_}i] has pathwidth at most k1k-1 for each i{1,,m}i\in\{1,\dots,m\}, and

  • if HH is the graph obtained from GG by deleting B_iB_{\_}i and adding a clique on N_G(B_i)N_{\_}G(B_{\_}i) for each i{1,,m}i\in\{1,\dots,m\}, then HH is isomorphic to a subgraph of P_mK_k+1P_{\_}m\boxtimes K_{\_}{k+1}.

Proof.

Consider a path decomposition 𝒟\mathcal{D} of GG with width kk. Let X_1,,X_mX_{\_}1,\dots,X_{\_}m be the set of bags in 𝒟\mathcal{D}, such that X_1X_{\_}1 is the first bag in 𝒟\mathcal{D}, and for each i2i\geqslant 2, the bag X_iX_{\_}i is the first bag in 𝒟\mathcal{D} that is disjoint from X_i1X_{\_}{i-1}. Thus X_1,,X_mX_{\_}1,\dots,X_{\_}m are pairwise disjoint. For i[1,m]i\in[1,m], let B_iB_{\_}i be the set of vertices that only appear in bags strictly between X_iX_{\_}i and X_i+1X_{\_}{i+1} (or strictly after X_mX_{\_}m if i=mi=m). By construction, each such bag intersects X_iX_{\_}i. Hence G[B_i]G[B_{\_}i] has pathwidth at most k1k-1. Since each X_iX_{\_}i separates B_i1B_{\_}{i-1} and B_i+1B_{\_}{i+1} (for imi\neq m), no two vertices in distinct B_iB_{\_}i are adjacent. Moreover, the neighbourhood of B_iB_{\_}i is contained in X_iX_i+1X_{\_}i\cup X_{\_}{i+1} (or X_iX_{\_}i if i=mi=m). Hence the graph HH (defined above) has vertex set X_1X_mX_{\_}1\cup\cdots\cup X_{\_}{m} where X_iX_i+1X_{\_}i\cup X_{\_}{i+1} is a clique for each i[1,m1]i\in[1,m-1]. Since |X_i|k+1|X_{\_}i|\leqslant k+1, the graph HH is isomorphic to a subgraph of P_mK_k+1P_{\_}{m}\boxtimes K_{\_}{k+1}. ∎

Proof of Theorem 4.13.

We proceed by induction on k0k\geqslant 0. Every graph with pathwidth 0 is edgeless, and is thus nonrepetitively 1-colourable, as desired. Now assume that GG is a graph with pathwidth k1k\geqslant 1. Let B_1,,B_mB_{\_}1,\dots,B_{\_}m be the sets that satisfy Lemma 4.14. Let X:=B_1B_mX:=B_{\_}1\cup\dots\cup B_{\_}m. Since no two vertices in distinct B_iB_{\_}i are adjacent, pw(G[X])k1\operatorname{pw}(G[X])\leqslant k-1. By induction, ρ(G[X])2(k1)2+6(k1)+1\rho(G[X])\leqslant 2(k-1)^{2}+6(k-1)+1. Let GG^{\prime} be the graph obtained from GG by adding a clique on N_G(B_i)N_{\_}G(B_{\_}i) for each i{1,,m}i\in\{1,\dots,m\}. By Lemma 4.14, G[V(G)X]G^{\prime}[V(G)\setminus X] is isomorphic to P_mK_k+1P_{\_}{m}\boxtimes K_{\_}{k+1}, which is stroll-nonrepetitively 4(k+1)4(k+1)-colourable by Lemma 2.16. By construction, (V(G)X,X)(V(G)\setminus X,X) is a shadow-complete layering of GG^{\prime}. By the proof of Lemma 2.14 (using distinct sets of colours for XX and V(G)XV(G)\setminus X), we have π(G)ρ(G)ρ(G)4(k+1)+2(k1)2+6(k1)4=2k2+6k4\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant\rho(G^{\prime})\leqslant 4(k+1)+2(k-1)^{2}+6(k-1)-4=2k^{2}+6k-4. ∎

Open Problem 4.15 ([48]).

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of graphs with pathwidth kk? The best knwon bounds are Ω(k)\Omega(k) and O(k2)O(k^{2}).

Since graphs of pathwidth kk are kk-degenerate, Corollaries 2.8 and 4.13 imply the following bounds on the walk-nonrepetitive chromatic number of graphs with given pathwidth.

Corollary 4.16.

For every graph GG with pathwidth kk,

Δ(G)+1σ(G)(2k2+6k+1)(kΔ(G)+1).\Delta(G)+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant(2k^{2}+6k+1)(k\,\Delta(G)+1).

4.4 Treewidth and Degree

Barát and Wood [17] proved the following polynomial bound on π\pi for graphs of bounded treewidth and maximum degree, thus solving Open Problem 4.11 for bounded degree graphs. The same proof works for ρ\rho.

Lemma 4.17 ([17]).

For every graph GG with treewidth kk and maximum degree Δ\Delta,

π(G)ρ(G)10(k+1)(72Δ1).\displaystyle\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 10(k+1)(\tfrac{7}{2}\Delta-1).
Proof.

Let :=52(k+1)(72Δ1)\ell:=\lfloor\frac{5}{2}(k+1)(\frac{7}{2}\Delta-1)\rfloor. Wood [147] proved444The proof is a minor improvement to a similar result by an anonymous referee of the paper by Ding and Oporowski [44]. The result in [147, 44] is presented in terms of tree-partitions, which are easily seen to be equivalent to strong products of a tree and complete graph. that GG is a subgraph of TK_T\boxtimes K_{\_}\ell for some tree TT with maximum degree at most Δ\ell\Delta. By Theorem 4.10, ρ(T)4\rho(T)\leqslant 4. Of course, σ(K_)=\sigma(K_{\_}\ell)=\ell. By Lemma 2.16,

ρ(G)ρ(TK_)ρ(T)σ(K_)410(k+1)(72Δ1).\rho(G)\leqslant\rho(T\boxtimes K_{\_}\ell)\leqslant\rho(T)\,\sigma(K_{\_}\ell)\leqslant 4\ell\leqslant 10(k+1)(\tfrac{7}{2}\Delta-1).\qed

Now consider walk-nonrepetitive colourings of graphs with given treewidth and given maximum degree. Every graph with treewidth kk is kk-degenerate. Thus Corollaries 2.8 and 4.10 imply that graphs with bounded treewidth have Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta) walk-nonrepetitive chromatic number.

Corollary 4.18.

For every graph GG with treewidth kk and maximum degree Δ\Delta,

Δ+1σ(G)4k(kΔ+1).\Delta+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant 4^{k}(k\Delta+1).

Corollaries 2.8, 2.7 and 4.17 imply the following polynomial bounds on σ\sigma:

Lemma 4.19 ([17]).

For every graph GG with treewidth kk and maximum degree Δ\Delta,

Δ+1σ(G)ρ(G)χ(G2)10(k+1)(72Δ1)min{kΔ+1,Δ2+1}.\displaystyle\Delta+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\,\chi(G^{2})\leqslant 10(k+1)(\tfrac{7}{2}\Delta-1)\,\min\{k\Delta+1,\Delta^{2}+1\}.

These results lead to the following results for strong products. Lemmas 2.16 and 4.19 imply:

Corollary 4.20.

For every graph GG and for every graph HH with treewidth kk and maximum degree Δ\Delta,

ρ(GH)ρ(G) 10(k+1)(72Δ1)min{kΔ+1,Δ2+1}.\rho(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant\rho(G)\;10(k+1)(\tfrac{7}{2}\Delta-1)\,\min\{k\Delta+1,\Delta^{2}+1\}.

Theorems 4.10 and 4.20 imply:

Corollary 4.21.

For every graph GG with treewidth \ell and for every graph HH with treewidth kk and maximum degree Δ\Delta,

ρ(GH)4 10(k+1)(72Δ1)min{kΔ+1,Δ2+1}.\rho(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant 4^{\ell}\;10(k+1)(\tfrac{7}{2}\Delta-1)\,\min\{k\Delta+1,\Delta^{2}+1\}.

Equations 3 and 3.19 give tight bounds (up to a logarithmic factor) on the nonrepetitive list chromatic number of graphs with given maximum degree. However, the nonrepetitive list chromatic number of graphs with given maximum degree and bounded treewidth is wide open.

Open Problem 4.22.

Are graphs of bounded treewidth and maximum degree Δ\Delta nonrepetitively O(Δ2ϵ)O(\Delta^{2-\epsilon})-choosable, for some fixed ϵ>0\epsilon>0? By Theorem 4.7, the answer is ‘yes’ for trees. The treewidth 2 case is open.

4.5 Outerplanar Graphs

A graph is outerplanar if it has a drawing in the plane with no crossing and with all the vertices on the boundary of a single face. Here we consider nonrepetitive colourings of outerplanar graphs. First, note the following folklore result:

Lemma 4.23.

Every edge-maximal outerplanar graph has a shadow-complete layering (V_0,V_1,,V_n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}n) such that for each i{0,1,,n}i\in\{0,1,\dots,n\} each connected component of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is a path.

Proof.

Since GG is edge-maximal, GG is connected and chordal. Let (V_0,V_1,)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots) be a BFS-layering of GG. By Lemma 4.9, (V_0,V_1,)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots) is shadow-complete. For i1i\geqslant 1, let G_iG_{\_}i be the graph obtained from G[V_0V_i]G[V_{\_}0\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}i] by contracting V_0V_i1V_{\_}0\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}{i-1} into a single vertex ww. Since outerplanarity is a minor-closed property and G[V_0V_i1]G[V_{\_}0\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}{i-1}] is connected, G_iG_{\_}i is outerplanar. Since every vertex in V_iV_{\_}i has a neighbour in V_i1V_{\_}{i-1}, ww dominates G_iG_{\_}i. If G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] contains a cycle CC, then G_iG_{\_}i contains a K_4K_{\_}4-minor, which is a contradiction since K_4K_{\_}4 is not outerplanar. If G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] contains K_1,3K_{\_}{1,3}, then G_iG_{\_}i contains K_2,3K_{\_}{2,3}, which is a contradiction since K_2,3K_{\_}{2,3} is not outerplanar. Thus G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is a forest with maximum degree at most 2. Hence, each connected component of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] is a path. ∎

Lemmas 2.13 and 4.23 imply the following result independently due to Barát and Varjú [16] and Kündgen and Pelsmajer [99]:

Theorem 4.24 ([16, 99]).

For every outerplanar graph GG,

π(G)12.\pi(G)\leqslant 12.

Barát and Varjú [15] also proved the following lower bound:

Proposition 4.25 ([15]).

There exists an outerplanar graph GG with

π(G)7.\pi(G)\geqslant 7.
Proof.

Let nn be a sufficiently large integer. Let TT be the complete nn-ary tree of height nn. Let GG be obtained from TT by adding, for each non-leaf vertex vv of TT, a path P_vP_{\_}v on the children of vv. This can be done so that GG is outerplanar. Suppose for the sake of contradiction that there exists a nonrepetitive colouring ϕ\phi of GG with colour-set {1,,6}\{1,\dots,6\}.

Claim 1.

For every vertex vv of TT that is neither a leaf nor the parent of a leaf, there is a set C_vC_{\_}v of four colours, each of which appears at least twice on P_vP_{\_}v.

Proof.

Suppose for the sake of contradiction that ϕ(v)=1\phi(v)=1 but only three colours, say 2,3,42,3,4, appear on P_vP_{\_}v. All three colours appear on any four consecutive vertices of P_vP_{\_}v. Thus, for sufficiently large nn, each of 2,3,42,3,4 appears at least twice on P_vP_{\_}v.

If this 3-colouring of P_vP_{\_}v is distance-2, then the sequence of colours on P_vP_{\_}v, without loss of generality, starts 234234234234, which is a repetitively coloured 6-vertex path. Thus the colouring of P_vP_{\_}v is not distance 2. Hence P_vP_{\_}v contains a subpath (a,b,c,d,e,f,g)(a,b,c,d,e,f,g), where without loss of generality, ϕ(a)=ϕ(c)=3\phi(a)=\phi(c)=3 and ϕ(b)=2\phi(b)=2 (since nn is sufficiently large).

Let xx be any vertex of P_cP_{\_}c. If ϕ(x)=1\phi(x)=1 then xcvaxcva is coloured 13131313. If ϕ(x)=2\phi(x)=2 then xcbaxcba is coloured 23232323. If ϕ(x)=3\phi(x)=3 then xcxc is coloured 3333. Thus P_cP_{\_}c is coloured by 4,5,64,5,6 and each colour appears since nn is sufficiently large.

Now, ϕ(d){2,3,4}\phi(d)\in\{2,3,4\} since dV(P_v)d\in V(P_{\_}v). If ϕ(d)=2\phi(d)=2 then abcdabcd is coloured 32323232. If ϕ(d)=3\phi(d)=3 then cdcd is coloured 3333. Thus ϕ(d)=4\phi(d)=4. Let xx be any vertex of P_dP_{\_}d. If ϕ(x)=1\phi(x)=1 then xdvyxdvy is coloured 14141414 for some yV(P_v){d}y\in V(P_{\_}v)\setminus\{d\} coloured 4. If ϕ(x)=3\phi(x)=3 then xdcyxdcy is coloured 34343434 for some yV(P_c)y\in V(P_{\_}c) coloured 4. If ϕ(x)=4\phi(x)=4 then xdxd is coloured 4444. Thus P_dP_{\_}d is coloured by 2,5,62,5,6 and each colour appears since nn is sufficiently large.

Now, ϕ(e){2,3,4}\phi(e)\in\{2,3,4\} since eV(P_v)e\in V(P_{\_}v). If ϕ(e)=3\phi(e)=3 then edcyedcy is coloured 34343434 for some yV(P_c)y\in V(P_{\_}c) coloured 4. If ϕ(e)=4\phi(e)=4 then dede is coloured 4444. Thus ϕ(e)=2\phi(e)=2. Let xx be any vertex of P_eP_{\_}e. If ϕ(x)=1\phi(x)=1 then xevbxevb is coloured 12121212. If ϕ(x)=2\phi(x)=2 then xexe is coloured 2222. If ϕ(x)=4\phi(x)=4 then xedyxedy is coloured 42424242 for some vertex yV(P_d)y\in V(P_{\_}d) coloured 2. Thus P_eP_{\_}e is coloured by 3,5,63,5,6 and each colour appears since nn is sufficiently large.

Now, ϕ(f){2,3,4}\phi(f)\in\{2,3,4\} since fV(P_v)f\in V(P_{\_}v). If ϕ(f)=2\phi(f)=2 then efef is coloured 2222. If ϕ(f)=4\phi(f)=4 then fedyfedy is coloured 42424242 for some yV(P_d)y\in V(P_{\_}d) coloured 2. Thus ϕ(f)=3\phi(f)=3. Let xx be any vertex of P_fP_{\_}f. If ϕ(x)=1\phi(x)=1 then xfvcxfvc is coloured 13131313. If ϕ(x)=2\phi(x)=2 then xfeyxfey is coloured 23232323 for some yV(P_e)y\in V(P_{\_}e) coloured 3. If ϕ(x)=3\phi(x)=3 then xfxf is coloured 3333. Thus P_fP_{\_}f is coloured by 4,5,64,5,6 and each colour appears since nn is sufficiently large.

Now, ϕ(g){2,3,4}\phi(g)\in\{2,3,4\} since gV(P_v)g\in V(P_{\_}v). If ϕ(g)=3\phi(g)=3 then fgfg is coloured 3333. If ϕ(g)=2\phi(g)=2 then gfeygfey is coloured 23232323 for some yV(P_e)y\in V(P_{\_}e) coloured 3. Thus ϕ(g)=4\phi(g)=4.

Therefore the subpath (b,c,d,e,f,g)(b,c,d,e,f,g) is coloured 234234234234. This contradiction shows that P_vP_{\_}v is assigned at least four colours.

At this point we have assumed that nn_0n\geqslant n_{\_}0 for some fixed number n_0n_{\_}0. Taking n6n_0n\geqslant 6n_{\_}0, we can partition P_vP_{\_}v into six disjoint subpaths each with n_0n_{\_}0 vertices, and by the above argument, at least four distinct colours appear in each subpath. Since at most five colours appear on P_vP_{\_}v, on at least two of these subpaths the same set of four colours appears. This completes the proof. ∎

Let uu be a vertex of TT that is neither a leaf nor the parent of a leaf. Let vv be a vertex in P_uP_{\_}u with ϕ(v)C_u\phi(v)\in C_{\_}u. Let xx be any vertex in P_vP_{\_}v. If ϕ(x)=ϕ(v)\phi(x)=\phi(v) then xvxv is repetitively coloured. If ϕ(x)=ϕ(u)\phi(x)=\phi(u) then xvuyxvuy is repetitively coloured for some vertex yV(P_u){v}y\in V(P_{\_}u)\setminus\{v\} coloured ϕ(v)\phi(v). Such a vertex yy exists by the claim and since ϕ(v)C_u\phi(v)\in C_{\_}u. Hence C_v={1,,6}{ϕ(v),ϕ(u)}C_{\_}v=\{1,\dots,6\}\setminus\{\phi(v),\phi(u)\}.

Let rr be the root of TT. By the claim, without loss of generality, ϕ(r)=1\phi(r)=1 and C_r={2,3,4,5}C_{\_}r=\{2,3,4,5\}. Let aa be a vertex in P_rP_{\_}r coloured 2; thus C_a={3,4,5,6}C_{\_}a=\{3,4,5,6\}. Let bb be a vertex in P_aP_{\_}a coloured 3; thus C_b={1,4,5,6}C_{\_}b=\{1,4,5,6\}. Let cc be a vertex in P_bP_{\_}b coloured 1. Let dd be a vertex in P_rP_{\_}r coloured 3; thus C_d={2,4,5,6}C_{\_}d=\{2,4,5,6\}. Let ee be a vertex in P_dP_{\_}d coloured 2. These vertices exist and are neither leaves nor parent of leaves, since TT has sufficiently large height. Now (c,b,a,r,d,e)(c,b,a,r,d,e) is a path in TT coloured 132132132132. This contradiction completes the proof. ∎

Note that the proof of Proposition 4.25 actually shows that there is an outerplanar graph GG such that every 6-colouring has a repetitively coloured path on 2, 4 or 6 vertices.

Open Problem 4.26.

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of an outerplanar graph? The answer is in {7,8,,12}\{7,8,\dots,12\}. This question may have a bearing on Open Problem 4.11.

For stroll-nonrepetitive colourings, Lemmas 2.14 and 4.23 imply:

Theorem 4.27.

For every outerplanar graph GG,

ρ(G)16.\rho(G)\leqslant 16.
Open Problem 4.28.

What is the maximum stroll-nonrepetitive chromatic number of an outerplanar graph? The answer is in {7,8,,16}\{7,8,\dots,16\}. Any improvement to the upper bound would have a bearing on Open Problem 5.3. If ρ(P)3\rho(P)\leqslant 3 for each path PP (Open Problem 3.2) then ρ(G)12\rho(G)\leqslant 12 for every outerplanar graph GG.

Lih and Wang [102] proved that χ(G2)Δ(G)+2\chi(G^{2})\leqslant\Delta(G)+2 for every outerplanar graph GG. Corollaries 2.7 and 4.27 thus imply that the walk-nonrepetitive chromatic number of outerplanar graphs is Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta).

Corollary 4.29.

For every outerplanar graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta,

Δ+1σ(G)16Δ+32.\Delta+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant 16\Delta+32.

5 Planar Graphs and Beyond

5.1 Planar Graphs

Alon et al. [8] first asked whether planar graphs have bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number. For several years, this problem was widely recognised as the most important open problem in the field of nonrepetitive graph colouring. The first non-trivial upper bound was due to Dujmović, Frati, Joret, and Wood [47], who proved that π(G)O(log|V(G)|)\pi(G)\leqslant O(\log|V(G)|) for all planar graphs GG. The above question was solved by Dujmović et al. [46]. Much of the above machinery involving strong products was developed as a tool to answer the question for planar graphs.

Theorem 5.1 ([46]).

For every planar graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)768.\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 768.
Proof.

Dujmović et al. [49, 50] proved that every planar graph GG is a subgraph of HPK_3H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}3 for some graph HH with treewidth 3 and path PP. By Corollary 2.17, ρ(G)ρ(HPK_3)3ρ(HP)\rho(G)\leqslant\rho(H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}3)\leqslant 3\,\rho(H\boxtimes P), which is at most 12ρ(H)12\,\rho(H) by Corollary 3.4. Since HH has treewidth at most 3, ρ(G)1243=768\rho(G)\leqslant 12\cdot 4^{3}=768 by Theorem 4.10. ∎

We now present the best known lower bound on the nonrepetitive chromatic number of planar graphs.

Proposition 5.2 (Pascal Ochem; see [47]).

There is a planar graph GG such that π(G)11\pi(G)\geqslant 11.

Proof.

By Proposition 4.25, there is an outerplanar graph HH with π(H)7\pi(H)\geqslant 7. Let GG be the following planar graph. Start with a path P=(v_1,,v_22)P=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{22}). Add two adjacent vertices xx and yy that both dominate PP. Let each vertex v_iv_{\_}i in PP be adjacent to every vertex in a copy H_iH_{\_}i of HH. Suppose on the contrary that GG is nonrepetitively 1010-colourable. Without loss of generality, xx and yy are respectively coloured 11 and 22. A vertex in PP is redundant if its colour is used on some other vertex in PP. If no two adjacent vertices in PP are redundant then at least 1111 colours appear exactly once on PP, which is a contradiction. Thus some pair of consecutive vertices v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1} in PP are redundant. Without loss of generality, v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1} are respectively coloured 33 and 44. If some vertex in H_iH_i+1H_{\_}i\cup H_{\_}{i+1} is coloured 11 or 22, then since v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1} are redundant, with xx or yy we have a repetitively coloured path on 4 vertices. Now assume that no vertex in H_iH_i+1H_{\_}i\cup H_{\_}{i+1} is coloured 11 or 22. If some vertex in H_iH_{\_}i is coloured 44 and some vertex in H_i+1H_{\_}{i+1} is coloured 33, then with v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1}, we have a repetitively coloured path on 4 vertices. Thus no vertex in H_iH_{\_}i is coloured 44 or no vertex in H_i+1H_{\_}{i+1} is coloured 33. Without loss of generality, no vertex in H_iH_{\_}i is coloured 44. Since v_iv_{\_}i dominates H_iH_{\_}i, no vertex in H_iH_{\_}i is coloured 33. We have proved that no vertex in H_iH_{\_}i is coloured 1,2,31,2,3 or 44, which is a contradiction, since π(H_i)7\pi(H_{\_}i)\geqslant 7. Therefore π(G)11\pi(G)\geqslant 11. ∎

Open Problem 5.3.

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of a planar graph? The answer is in {11,,768}\{11,\dots,768\}. Note that in the proof of Theorem 5.1, since HH is planar with treewidth 3, to improve the bound of 768 to 576 it would suffice to show that ρ(P)3\rho(P)\leqslant 3 for each path PP, or ρ(Q)12\rho(Q)\leqslant 12 for each outerplanar graph QQ.

We briefly mention that several papers studied colourings of plane graphs in which only facial paths are required to be nonrepetitively coloured [86, 123, 124, 14, 131, 88, 88, 79, 27, 41]. Barát and Czap [14] proved that every plane graph is facially-nonrepetitively 2424-colourable, and Gutowski [79] proved that every plane graph is facially-nonrepetitively list O(1)O(1)-colourable. This latter result is in sharp contrast to Theorem 4.6, which says that trees have unbounded nonrepetitive list chromatic number.

Theorem 5.1 leads to a Θ(Δ)\Theta(\Delta) bound on the walk-nonrepetitive chromatic number of planar graphs. van den Heuvel and McGuinness [139] proved that χ(G2)2Δ(G)+25\chi(G^{2})\leqslant 2\Delta(G)+25 for every planar graph GG. Thus Theorems 5.1 and 2.7 implies:

Corollary 5.4.

For every planar graph GG,

Δ(G)+1σ(G)1536Δ(G)+19200.\Delta(G)+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant 1536\;\Delta(G)+19200.

The above result for planar graphs can be combined with other results in various ways. For example, Lemmas 4.19 and 5.1 imply:

Corollary 5.5.

For every planar graph GG and for every graph HH with treewidth kk and maximum degree Δ\Delta,

ρ(GH)ρ(G)σ(H)7680(k+1)(72Δ1)min{kΔ+1,Δ2+1}.\rho(G\boxtimes H)\leqslant\rho(G)\,\sigma(H)\leqslant 7680\,(k+1)(\tfrac{7}{2}\Delta-1)\,\min\{k\Delta+1,\Delta^{2}+1\}.

5.2 Graphs on Surfaces

Dujmović et al. [46] proved the following generalisation of Theorem 5.1 for graphs of bounded Euler genus.

Theorem 5.6 ([46]).

For every graph GG with Euler genus gg,

π(G)ρ(G)256max{2g,3}.\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 256\max\{2g,3\}.
Proof.

Dujmović et al. [49, 50] proved that every graph GG of Euler genus gg is a subgraph of HPK_max{2g,3}H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{\max\{2g,3\}} for some graph HH with treewidth at most 33 and some path PP. Thus Lemmas 2.16 and 4.10 imply

π(G)ρ(G)ρ(HPK_max{2g,3})max{2g,3}ρ(HP)\displaystyle\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant\rho(H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{\max\{2g,3\}})\leqslant\max\{2g,3\}\cdot\rho(H\boxtimes P) max{2g,3}4ρ(H)\displaystyle\leqslant\max\{2g,3\}\cdot 4\cdot\rho(H)
max{2g,3}44\displaystyle\leqslant\max\{2g,3\}\cdot 4^{4}
=256max{2g,3}.\displaystyle=256\max\{2g,3\}.\qed

Amini et al. [12] proved that for all ϵ>0\epsilon>0 and g0g\geqslant 0, for sufficiently large Δ\Delta, every graph GG with Euler genus gg and maximum degree at most Δ\Delta satisfies χ(G2)(32+ϵ)Δ\chi(G^{2})\leqslant(\frac{3}{2}+\epsilon)\Delta. Thus Theorems 5.6 and 2.7 implies:

Corollary 5.7.

For every graph GG of Euler genus gg,

Δ(G)+1σ(G)O(gΔ(G)).\Delta(G)+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant O(g\Delta(G)).
Open Problem 5.8.

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of a graph with Euler genus gg? Theorem 5.6 proves a O(g)O(g) upper bound. The best known lower bound follows from Theorem 3.19 [Louis Esperet, personal communication, 2020]. In particular, Theorem 3.19 implies there is a graph GG with mO(n3/2log1/2n)m\leqslant O(n^{3/2}\log^{1/2}n) edges and π(G)Ω(n)\pi(G)\geqslant\Omega(n). Say GG has Euler genus gg. Then gmg\leqslant m and π(G)Ω(n)Ω(m2/3/log1/3m)Ω(g2/3/log1/3g)\pi(G)\geqslant\Omega(n)\geqslant\Omega(m^{2/3}/\log^{1/3}m)\geqslant\Omega(g^{2/3}/\log^{1/3}g).

5.3 Minor-Closed Classes

This section proves the result of Dujmović et al. [46] that graphs excluding a fixed minor or fixed topological minor have bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number. The same method shows the analogous result for stroll-nonrepetitive chromatic number. The proof employs the following graph minor structure theorem of Robertson and Seymour [129]. A torso of a tree-decomposition is a graph induced by a bag augmented with a clique on each intersection of that bag with another bag of the tree-decomposition.

Theorem 5.9 ([129]).

For every graph XX, there is an integer k1k\geqslant 1 such that every XX-minor-free graph has a tree-decomposition in which each torso is kk-almost-embeddable.

We omit the definition of kk-almost embeddable from this paper, since we do not need it. All we need to know is the following theorem of Dujmović et al. [49, 50], where A+BA+B is the complete join of graphs AA and BB.

Theorem 5.10 ([49, 50]).

Every kk-almost embeddable graph is a subgraph of

K_k+(HPK_max{6k,1})K_{\_}k+(H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{\max\{6k,1\}})

for some graph HH with treewidth at most 11k+1011k+10 and for some path PP.

Lemma 5.11 ([46]).

For every kk-almost embeddable graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)k+6k411(k+1).\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant k+6k\cdot 4^{11(k+1)}.
Proof.

Observe that ρ(G+K_k)=ρ(G)+k\rho(G+K_{\_}k)=\rho(G)+k for every graph GG and integer k0k\geqslant 0. Thus Theorems 5.10, 2.16 and 4.10 imply that for every kk-almost embeddable graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)\displaystyle\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G) ρ(K_k+(HPK_max{6k,1}))\displaystyle\leqslant\rho(K_{\_}k+(H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{\max\{6k,1\}}))
k+6kρ(HP)\displaystyle\leqslant k+6k\,\rho(H\boxtimes P)
k+6k4ρ(H)\displaystyle\leqslant k+6k\cdot 4\rho(H)
k+6k411(k+1).\displaystyle\leqslant k+6k\cdot 4^{11(k+1)}.\qed

A tree-decomposition (B_x:xV(T))(B_{\_}x:x\in V(T)) of a graph GG has adhesion rr if |B_xB_y|r|B_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y|\leqslant r for each edge xyE(T)xy\in E(T). Dujmović et al. [52] proved the following useful result in the case of π\pi. The same proof works for ρ\rho. We delay the proof of Lemma 5.12 until Section 5.4.

Lemma 5.12 ([52]).

Let GG be a graph that has a tree-decomposition with adhesion rr. Then

(a)π(G)\displaystyle(a)\quad\pi(G) 4rmax_Hπ(H)\displaystyle\leqslant 4^{r}\,\max_{\_}H\pi(H)
(b)ρ(G)\displaystyle(b)\quad\rho(G) 4rmax_Hρ(H).\displaystyle\leqslant 4^{r}\,\max_{\_}H\rho(H).

where both maximums are taken over the torsos HH of the tree-decomposition.

The following theorem of Dujmović et al. [46] confirms a conjecture of Grytczuk [72, 70].

Theorem 5.13 ([46]).

For every graph XX, there is an integer cc such that for every XX-minor-free graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)c.\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant c.
Proof.

Lemmas 5.11 and 5.9 imply that every XX-minor-free graph GG has a tree-decomposition (B_x:xV(T))(B_{\_}x:x\in V(T)) such that each torso is nonrepetitively cc-colourable (where c:=k+6k411(k+1)c:=k+6k\cdot 4^{11(k+1)}). For each edge xyE(T)xy\in E(T), since B_xB_yB_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y induces a clique in each torso, the adhesion of (B_x:xV(T))(B_{\_}x:x\in V(T)) is at most cc. By Lemma 5.12, π(G)ρ(G)c 4c\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant c\,4^{c}, as desired. ∎

Open Problem 5.14.

What is the maximum nonrepetitive chromatic number of K_tK_{\_}t-minor-free graphs? Since the above proof depends on the Graph Minor Structure Theorem (Theorem 5.9) the constant in Theorem 5.13 is huge. It would be very interesting to prove Theorem 5.13 without using the Graph Minor Structure Theorem.

K_tK_{\_}t-minor-free graphs are O(tlogt)O(t\sqrt{\log t})-degenerate [95, 96, 136, 137]. Thus Corollaries 2.8 and 5.13 implies the following bounds on the walk-nonrepetitive chromatic number of graphs excluding a fixed minor.

Theorem 5.15.

For every graph XX, there is an integer cc such that for every XX-minor-free graph GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta,

Δ+1σ(G)cΔ.\Delta+1\leqslant\sigma(G)\leqslant c\Delta.

To obtain results for graphs excluding a topological minor we use the following version of the structure theorem of Grohe and Marx [67].

Theorem 5.16 ([67]).

For every graph XX, there is a constant kk such that every graph excluding XX as a topological minor has a tree-decomposition such that each torso is kk-almost-embeddable or has at most kk vertices with degree greater than kk.

Theorem 5.17.

For every graph XX, there is an integer cc such that for every XX-topological-minor-free graph GG,

π(G)c.\pi(G)\leqslant c.
Proof.

Lemma 5.11 says that every kk-almost embeddable graph is nonrepetitively c_1c_{\_}1-colourable, where c_1:=k+6k411(k+1)c_{\_}1:=k+6k\cdot 4^{11(k+1)}. Equation Equation 3 implies that if a graph has at most kk vertices with degree greater than kk, then it is nonrepetitively c_2c_{\_}2-colourable, where c_2:=k2+O(k5/3)+kc_{\_}2:=k^{2}+O(k^{5/3})+k. Let c:=max{c_1,c_2}c:=\max\{c_{\_}1,c_{\_}2\}. Theorem 5.16 implies that every topological-minor-free graph GG has a tree-decomposition (B_x:xV(T))(B_{\_}x:x\in V(T)) such that each torso is nonrepetitively cc-colourable. For each edge xyE(T)xy\in E(T), since B_xB_yB_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y induces a clique in each torso, the adhesion of (B_x:xV(T))(B_{\_}x:x\in V(T)) is at most cc. By Lemma 5.12, π(G)c 4c\pi(G)\leqslant c\,4^{c}, as desired. ∎

5.4 Proof of Lemma 5.12

A tree decomposition (B_xV(G):xV(T))(B_{\_}x\subseteq V(G):x\in V(T)) of a graph GG is kk-rich if B_xB_yB_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y is a clique in GG on at most kk vertices, for each edge xyE(T)xy\in E(T). Rich tree decomposition are implicit in the graph minor structure theorem, as demonstrated by the following lemma.

Lemma 5.18 ([52]).

For every fixed graph HH there are constants k1k\geqslant 1 and 1\ell\geqslant 1 depending only on HH, such that every HH-minor-free graph G_0G_{\_}0 is a spanning subgraph of a graph GG that has a kk-rich tree decomposition such that each bag induces an \ell-almost-embeddable subgraph of GG.

Proof.

By Theorem 5.9, there is a constant =(H)\ell=\ell(H) such that G_0G_{\_}0 has a tree decomposition 𝒯:=(B_xV(G):xV(T))\mathcal{T}:=(B_{\_}x\subseteq V(G):x\in V(T)) in which each torso is \ell-almost-embeddable. Let GG be the graph obtained from GG by adding a clique on B_xB_yB_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y for each edge xyE(T)xy\in E(T). Let 𝒯\mathcal{T^{\prime}} be the tree decomposition of GG obtained from 𝒯\mathcal{T}. Each bag of 𝒯\mathcal{T^{\prime}} is the torso of the corresponding bag of 𝒯\mathcal{T}, and thus induces an \ell-almost-embeddable subgraph of GG. Dujmović et al. [52] observed that there is a constant kk depending only on \ell such that every clique in an \ell-almost embeddable graph has size at most kk. Thus 𝒯\mathcal{T^{\prime}} is a kk-rich tree decomposition of GG. ∎

The following lemma by Dujmović et al. [52] generalises Lemma 4.9. For a subgraph HH of a graph GG, a tree decomposition (C_yV(H):yV(F))(C_{\_}y\subseteq V(H):y\in V(F)) of HH is contained in a tree decomposition (B_xV(G):xV(T))(B_{\_}x\subseteq V(G):x\in V(T)) of GG if for each bag C_yC_{\_}y there is a bag B_xB_{\_}x such that C_yB_xC_{\_}y\subseteq B_{\_}x.

Lemma 5.19 ([52]).

Let GG be a graph with a kk-rich tree decomposition 𝒯\mathcal{T} for some k1k\geqslant 1. Then GG has a shadow-complete layering (V_0,V_1,,V_t)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}t) such that every shadow has size at most kk, and for each i{0,,t}i\in\{0,\dots,t\}, the subgraph G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] has a (k1)(k-1)-rich tree decomposition contained in 𝒯\mathcal{T}.

Proof.

We may assume that GG is connected with at least one edge. Say 𝒯=(B_xV(G):xV(T))\mathcal{T}=(B_{\_}x\subseteq V(G):x\in V(T)) is a kk-rich tree decomposition of GG. If B_xB_yB_{\_}x\subseteq B_{\_}y for some edge xyE(T)xy\in E(T), then contracting xyxy into yy (and keeping bag B_yB_{\_}y) gives a new kk-rich tree decomposition of GG. Moreover, if a tree decomposition of a subgraph of GG is contained in the new tree decomposition of GG, then it is contained in the original. Thus we may assume that B_xB_yB_{\_}x\not\subseteq B_{\_}y and B_yB_xB_{\_}y\not\subseteq B_{\_}x for each edge xyV(T)xy\in V(T).

Let GG^{\prime} be the graph obtained from GG by adding an edge between every pair of vertices in a common bag (if the edge does not already exist). Let rr be a vertex of GG. Let α\alpha be a node of TT such that rB_αr\in B_{\_}\alpha. Root TT at α\alpha. Now every non-root node of TT has a parent node. Since GG is connected, GG^{\prime} is connected. For i0i\geqslant 0, let V_iV_{\_}i be the set of vertices of GG at distance ii from rr in GG^{\prime}. Thus, for some tt, (V_0,V_1,,V_t)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}t) is a layering of GG^{\prime} and also of GG (since GGG\subseteq G^{\prime}).

Since each bag B_xB_{\_}x is a clique in GG^{\prime}, V_1V_{\_}1 is the set of vertices of GG in bags that contain rr (not including rr itself). More generally, V_iV_{\_}i is the set of vertices vv of GG in bags that intersect V_i1V_{\_}{i-1} such that vv is not in V_0V_i1V_{\_}0\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}{i-1}.

Define B_α:=B_α{r}B^{\prime}_{\_}\alpha:=B_{\_}\alpha\setminus\{r\} and B_′′α:={r}B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}\alpha:=\{r\}. For a non-root node xV(T)x\in V(T) with parent node yy, define B_x:=B_xB_yB^{\prime}_{\_}x:=B_{\_}x\setminus B_{\_}y and B_′′x:=B_xB_yB^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x:=B_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y. Since B_xB_yB_{\_}x\not\subseteq B_{\_}y, it follows that B_xB^{\prime}_{\_}x\neq\emptyset. One should think that B_xB^{\prime}_{\_}x is the set of vertices that first appear in B_xB_{\_}x when traversing down the tree decomposition from the root, while B_′′xB^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x is the set of vertices in B_xB_{\_}x that appear above xx in the tree decomposition.

Consider a node xx of TT. Since B_xB_{\_}x is a clique in GG^{\prime}, B_xB_{\_}x is contained in at most two consecutive layers. Consider (not necessarily distinct) vertices u,vu,v in the set B_xB^{\prime}_{\_}x, which is not empty. Then the distance between uu and rr in GG^{\prime} equals the distance between vv and rr in GG^{\prime}. Thus B_xB^{\prime}_{\_}x is contained in one layer, say V_(x)V_{\_}{\ell(x)}. Let ww be the neighbour of vv in some shortest path between vv and rr in GG^{\prime}. Then ww is in B_′′xV_(x)1B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}{\ell(x)-1}. In conclusion, each bag B_xB_{\_}x is contained in precisely two consecutive layers, V_(x)1V_(x)V_{\_}{\ell(x)-1}\cup V_{\_}{\ell(x)}, such that B_xV_(x)\emptyset\neq B^{\prime}_{\_}x\subseteq V_{\_}{\ell(x)} and B_xV_(x)1B_′′xB_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}{\ell(x)-1}\subseteq B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x\neq\emptyset. Also, observe that if yy is an ancestor of xx in TT, then (y)(x)\ell(y)\leqslant\ell(x). Call this property ()(\star).

We now prove that G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i] has the desired (k1)(k-1)-rich tree decomposition. Since G[V_0]G[V_{\_}0] has one vertex and no edges, this is trivial for i=0i=0. Now assume that i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}.

Let T_iT_{\_}i be the subgraph of TT induced by the nodes xx such that (x)i\ell(x)\leqslant i. By property ()(\star), T_iT_{\_}i is a (connected) subtree of TT. We claim that 𝒯_i:=(B_xV_i:xV(T_i))\mathcal{T}_{\_}i:=(B_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}i:x\in V(T_{\_}i)) is a T_iT_{\_}i-decomposition of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i]. First we prove that each vertex vV_iv\in V_{\_}i is in some bag of 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i. Let xx be the node of TT closest to α\alpha such that vB_xv\in B_{\_}x. Then vB_xv\in B^{\prime}_{\_}x and (x)=i\ell(x)=i. Hence vv is in the bag B_xV_iB_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}i of 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i, as desired.

Now we prove that for each edge vwE(G[V_i])vw\in E(G[V_{\_}i]), both vv and ww are in a common bag of 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i. Let xx be the node of TT closest to α\alpha such that vB_xv\in B_{\_}x. Let yy be the node of TT closest to α\alpha such that wB_yw\in B_{\_}y. Thus vB_xv\in B^{\prime}_{\_}x and xV(T_i)x\in V(T_{\_}i), and wB_yw\in B^{\prime}_{\_}y and yV(T_i)y\in V(T_{\_}i). Since vwE(G)vw\in E(G), there is a bag B_zB_{\_}z containing both vv and ww, and zz is a descendant of both xx and yy in TT (by the definition of xx and yy). Without loss of generality, xx is on the yαy\alpha-path in TT. Moreover, vv is also in B_yB_{\_}y (since vv and ww are in a common bag of 𝒯\mathcal{T}). Thus vv and ww are in the bag B_yV_iB_{\_}y\cap V_{\_}i of 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i, as desired.

Finally, we prove that for each vertex vV_iv\in V_{\_}i, the set of bags in 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i that contain vv correspond to a (connected) subtree of T_iT_{\_}i. By assumption, this property holds in TT. Let XX be the subtree of TT whose corresponding bags in 𝒯\mathcal{T} contain vv. Let xx be the root of XX. Then vB_xv\in B^{\prime}_{\_}x and (x)=i\ell(x)=i. By property ()(\star), (z)i\ell(z)\geqslant i for each node zz in XX. Moreover, again by property ()(\star), deleting from XX the nodes zz such that (z)i+1\ell(z)\geqslant i+1 gives a connected subtree of XX, which is precisely the subtree of T_iT_{\_}i whose bags in 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i contain vv.

Hence 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i is a T_iT_{\_}i-decomposition of G[V_i]G[V_{\_}i]. By definition, 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i is contained in 𝒯\mathcal{T}.

We now prove that 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i is (k1)(k-1)-rich. Consider an edge xyE(T_i)xy\in E(T_{\_}i). Without loss of generality, yy is the parent of xx in T_iT_{\_}i. Our goal is to prove that B_xB_yV_i=B_′′xV_iB_{\_}x\cap B_{\_}y\cap V_{\_}i=B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}i is a clique on at most k1k-1 vertices. Certainly, it is a clique on at most kk vertices, since 𝒯\mathcal{T} is kk-rich. Now, (x)i\ell(x)\leqslant i (since xV(T_i)x\in V(T_{\_}i)). If (x)<i\ell(x)<i then B_xV_i=B_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}i=\emptyset, and we are done. Now assume that (x)=i\ell(x)=i. Thus B_xV_iB^{\prime}_{\_}x\subseteq V_{\_}i and B_xB^{\prime}_{\_}x\neq\emptyset. Let vv be a vertex in B_xB^{\prime}_{\_}x. Let ww be the neighbour of vv on a shortest path in GG^{\prime} between vv and rr. Thus ww is in B_′′xV_i1B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}{i-1}. Thus |B_′′xV_i|k1|B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x\cap V_{\_}i|\leqslant k-1, as desired. Hence 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i is (k1)(k-1)-rich.

We now prove that (V_0,V_1,,V_t)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}t) is shadow-complete. Let HH be a connected component of G[V_iV_i+1V_t]G[V_{\_}i\cup V_{\_}{i+1}\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}t] for some i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Let XX be the subgraph of TT whose corresponding bags in 𝒯\mathcal{T} intersect V(H)V(H). Since HH is connected, XX is indeed a connected subtree of TT. Let xx be the root of XX. Consider a vertex ww in the shadow of HH. That is, wV_i1w\in V_{\_}{i-1} and ww is adjacent to some vertex vv in V(H)V_iV(H)\cap V_{\_}i. Let yy be the node closest to xx in XX such that vB_yv\in B_{\_}y. Then vB_yv\in B^{\prime}_{\_}y and wB_′′yw\in B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}y. Thus (y)=i\ell(y)=i. Note that B_xV_(x)1V_(x)B_{\_}x\subseteq V_{\_}{\ell(x)-1}\cup V_{\_}{\ell(x)} and some vertex in B_xB_{\_}x is in V(H)V(H) and is thus in V_iV_i+1V_tV_{\_}i\cup V_{\_}{i+1}\cup\dots\cup V_{\_}t. Thus (x)i\ell(x)\geqslant i. Since xx is an ancestor of yy in TT, (x)(y)=i\ell(x)\leqslant\ell(y)=i by property ()(\star), implying (x)=i\ell(x)=i. Thus wB_′′xw\in B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x. Since B_′′xB^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x is a clique, the shadow of HH is a clique. Hence (V_0,V_1,,V_t)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}t) is shadow-complete. Moreover, since |B_′′x|k|B^{\prime\prime}_{\_}x|\leqslant k, the shadow of HH has size at most kk. ∎

Iterating Lemma 2.13 gives the next lemma.

Lemma 5.20 ([52]).

For some number cc, let 𝒢_0\mathcal{G}_{\_}0 be a class of graphs GG with π(G)c\pi(G)\leqslant c. For k1k\geqslant 1, let 𝒢_k\mathcal{G}_{\_}k be a class of graphs that have a shadow-complete layering such that each layer induces a graph in 𝒢_k1\mathcal{G}_{\_}{k-1}. Then π(G)c 4k\pi(G)\leqslant c\,4^{k} for every graph G𝒢_kG\in\mathcal{G}_{\_}k.

Lemmas 5.19 and 5.20 lead to the following result:

Lemma 5.21.

Let GG be a graph that has a kk-rich tree decomposition 𝒯\mathcal{T} such that the subgraph induced by each bag is nonrepetitively cc-colourable. Then

π(G)c 4k.\pi(G)\leqslant c\,4^{k}.
Proof.

For j{0,,k}j\in\{0,\dots,k\}, let 𝒢_j\mathcal{G}_{\_}j be the set of induced subgraphs of GG that have a jj-rich tree decomposition contained in 𝒯\mathcal{T}. Note that GG itself is in 𝒢_k\mathcal{G}_{\_}k. Consider a graph G𝒢_0G^{\prime}\in\mathcal{G}_{\_}0. Then GG^{\prime} is the union of disjoint subgraphs of GG, each of which is contained in a bag of 𝒯\mathcal{T} and is thus nonrepetitively cc-colourable. Thus GG^{\prime} is nonrepetitively cc-colourable. Now consider some G𝒢_jG^{\prime}\in\mathcal{G}_{\_}j for some j{1,,k}j\in\{1,\dots,k\}. Thus GG^{\prime} is an induced subgraph of GG with a jj-rich tree decomposition contained in 𝒯\mathcal{T}. By Lemma 5.19, GG^{\prime} has a shadow-complete layering (V_0,,V_t)(V_{\_}0,\dots,V_{\_}t) such that for each layer V_iV_{\_}i, the induced subgraph G[V_i]G^{\prime}[V_{\_}i] has a (j1)(j-1)-rich tree decomposition 𝒯_i\mathcal{T}_{\_}i contained in 𝒯\mathcal{T}. Thus G[V_i]G^{\prime}[V_{\_}i] is in 𝒢_j1\mathcal{G}_{\_}{j-1}. By Lemma 5.20, the graph GG is nonrepetitively 4kc4^{k}c-colourable. ∎

An identical proof using Lemma 2.14 instead of Lemma 2.13 gives the following analogous result for stroll-nonrepetitive colourings.

Lemma 5.22.

Let GG be a graph that has a kk-rich tree decomposition 𝒯\mathcal{T} such that the subgraph induced by each bag is stroll-nonrepetitively cc-colourable. Then

ρ(G)c 4k.\rho(G)\leqslant c\,4^{k}.

If a graph GG has a tree-decomposition with adhesion rr such that each torso is nonrepetitively cc-colourable, then GG is a subgraph of a graph that has an rr-rich tree-decomposition such that each bag is nonrepetitively cc-colourable. Thus Lemmas 5.21 and 5.22 imply Lemma 5.12, whose proof was the goal of this subsection.

5.5 Non-Minor-Closed Classes

This section explores generalisations of the results in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 for various non-minor-closed classes. All the results are due to Dujmović et al. [53] and are based on the previous work on treewidth and strong products. Dujmović et al. [53] only presented their results for π\pi, but the proofs immediately generalise for ρ\rho.

A graph is kk-planar if it has a drawing in the plane in which each edge is involved in at most kk crossings. Such graphs provide a natural generalisation of planar graphs, and are important in graph drawing research; see the recent bibliography on 1-planar graphs and the 140 references therein [92]. Dujmović et al. [53] extended the above-mentioned result of Dujmović et al. [49, 50] to show that every 1-planar graph is a subgraph of HPK_30H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{30} for some planar graph HH with treewidth at most 3 and for some path PP. Lemma 4.12 then implies:

Theorem 5.23 ([53]).

For every 11-planar graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)30×44=7680.\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 30\times 4^{4}=7680.

Similarly, Dujmović et al. [53] proved that every kk-planar graph is a subgraph of HPK_18k2+48k+30H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{18k^{2}+48k+30}, for some graph HH of treewidth (k+43)1\binom{k+4}{3}-1 and for some path PP. Lemma 4.12 then implies:

Theorem 5.24 ([53]).

For every kk-planar graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)(18k2+48k+30)4(k+43).\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant(18k^{2}+48k+30)4^{\binom{k+4}{3}}.

More generally, a graph GG is (g,k)(g,k)-planar if it has a drawing in a surface with Euler genus at most gg in which each edge is involved in at most kk crossings. Dujmović et al. [53] proved that every (g,k)(g,k)-planar graph is a subgraph of HPK_H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}\ell for some graph HH with tw(H)(k+54)1\operatorname{tw}(H)\leqslant\binom{k+5}{4}-1, where :=max{2g,3}(6k2+16k+10)\ell:=\max\{2g,3\}\cdot(6k^{2}+16k+10). Lemma 4.12 then implies:

Theorem 5.25 ([53]).

For every (g,k)(g,k)-planar graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)max{2g,3}(6k2+16k+10)4(k+54).\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant\max\{2g,3\}\cdot(6k^{2}+16k+10)4^{\binom{k+5}{4}}.

Map graphs provide another natural generalisation of graphs embedded in surfaces. Start with a graph G_0G_{\_}0 embedded in a surface of Euler genus gg, with each face labelled a ‘nation’ or a ‘lake’, where each vertex of G_0G_{\_}0 is incident with at most dd nations. Let GG be the graph whose vertices are the nations of G_0G_{\_}0, where two vertices are adjacent in GG if the corresponding faces in G_0G_{\_}0 share a vertex. Then GG is called a (g,d)(g,d)-map graph. A (0,d)(0,d)-map graph is called a (plane) dd-map graph; see [63, 34] for example. The (g,3)(g,3)-map graphs are precisely the graphs of Euler genus at most gg; see [45]. So (g,d)(g,d)-map graphs generalise graphs embedded in a surface; now assume that d4d\geqslant 4.

Dujmović et al. [53] proved that every dd-map graph is a subgraph of HPK_21d(d3)H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{21d(d-3)} for some path PP and for some graph HH with tw(H)9\operatorname{tw}(H)\leqslant 9. Lemma 4.12 then implies:

Theorem 5.26 ([53]).

For every dd-map graph GG,

π(G)ρ(G)21410d(d3).\pi(G)\leqslant\rho(G)\leqslant 21\cdot 4^{10}d(d-3).

Dujmović et al. [53] proved that for integers g0g\geqslant 0 and d4d\geqslant 4, if :=7d(d3)max{2g,3}\ell:=7d(d-3)\,\max\{2g,3\} then every (g,d)(g,d)-map graph GG is a subgraph of HPK_H\boxtimes P\boxtimes K_{\_}{\ell} for some path PP and for some graph HH with tw(H)14\operatorname{tw}(H)\leqslant 14. Lemma 4.12 then implies:

Theorem 5.27 ([53]).

For integers g0g\geqslant 0 and d4d\geqslant 4, and for every (g,d)(g,d)-map graph GG,

π(G)7415d(d3)max{2g,3}.\pi(G)\leqslant 7\cdot 4^{15}\,d(d-3)\,\max\{2g,3\}.

6 Subdivisions

This section studies nonrepetitive colourings of graph subdivisions. These results are of independent interest, and will be important when considering expansion in the following section.

6.1 Upper Bounds: Small Subdivisions

Nešetřil et al. [113] observed the following simple upper bounds on the nonrepetitive chromatic number of any subdivision. Note that much better bounds follow.

Lemma 6.1 ([113]).

(a) For every (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivision HH of a graph GG,

π(H)π(G)+1.\pi(H)\leqslant\pi(G)+1.

(b) For every (2)(\leqslant 2)-subdivision HH of a graph GG,

π(H)π(G)+2.\pi(H)\leqslant\pi(G)+2.

(c) For every subdivision HH of a graph GG,

π(H)π(G)+3.\pi(H)\leqslant\pi(G)+3.
Proof.

First we prove (a). Given a nonrepetitive kk-colouring of GG, introduce a new colour for each division vertex of HH. Since this colour does not appear elsewhere, a repetitively coloured path in HH defines a repetitively coloured path in GG. Thus HH contains no repetitively coloured path. Part (b) follows by applying (a) twice.

Now we prove (c). Let nn be the maximum number of division vertices on some edge of GG. By Theorem 3.1, P_nP_{\_}n has a nonrepetitive 33-colouring (c_1,c_2,,c_n)(c_{\_}1,c_{\_}2,\dots,c_{\_}n). Arbitrarily orient the edges of GG. Given a nonrepetitive kk-colouring of GG, choose each c_ic_{\_}i to be one of three new colours for each arc vwvw of GG that is subdivided dd times, colour the division vertices from vv to ww by (c_1,c_2,,c_d)(c_{\_}1,c_{\_}2,\dots,c_{\_}d). Suppose HH has a repetitively coloured path PP. Since HV(G)H-V(G) is a collection of disjoint paths, each of which is nonrepetitively coloured, PP includes some original vertices of GG. Let PP^{\prime} be the path in GG obtained from PP as follows. If PP includes the entire subdivision of some edge vwvw of GG then replace that subpath by vwvw in PP^{\prime}. If PP includes a subpath of the subdivision of some edge vwvw of GG, then without loss of generality, it includes vv, in which case replace that subpath by vv in PP^{\prime}. Since the colours assigned to division vertices are distinct from the colours assigned to original vertices, a tt-vertex path of division vertices in the first half of PP corresponds to a tt-vertex path of division vertices in the second half of PP. Hence PP^{\prime} is a repetitively coloured path in GG. This contradiction proves that HH is nonrepetitively coloured. Hence π(H)k+3\pi(H)\leqslant k+3. ∎

Note that Lemma 6.1(a) is best possible in the weak sense that π(C_5)=4\pi(C_{\_}5)=4 and π(C_4)=3\pi(C_{\_}4)=3; see [39]. But better asymptotic results can be obtained.

First we prove that for graphs with maximum degree Δ\Delta, the O(Δ)O(\Delta) upper bound for general graphs can be improved to O(Δ)O(\Delta) for subdivided graphs. The proof uses Rosenfeld counting.

Theorem 6.2.

For every (1)(\geqslant 1)-subdivision of a graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta,

πch(G)5.22Δ.\pi_{\textup{ch}}(G)\leqslant\lceil 5.22\,\Delta\rceil.

Theorem 6.2 follow from the next lemma with r=0.36r=0.36. Recall that Π(G,L)\Pi(G,L) is the number of nonrepetitive LL-colourings of a graph GG.

Lemma 6.3.

Fix an integer Δ2\Delta\geqslant 2 and a real number r(0,1)r\in(0,1). Let

β:=Δ1randc:=β+Δ(1r)2.\beta:=\frac{\Delta-1}{r}\quad\text{and}\quad c:=\left\lceil\beta+\frac{\Delta}{(1-r)^{2}}\right\rceil.

Then for every (1)(\geqslant 1)-subdivision GG of a graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta, for every cc-list assignment LL of GG, and for every vertex vv of GG,

Π(G,L)βΠ(Gv,L).\Pi(G,L)\geqslant\beta\,\Pi(G-v,L).
Proof.

We proceed by induction on |V(G)||V(G)|. The base case with |V(G)|=1|V(G)|=1 is trivial (assuming Π(G,L)=1\Pi(G,L)=1 if V(G)=V(G)=\emptyset). Let nn be an integer such that the lemma holds for all graphs with less than nn vertices. Let GG be an nn-vertex (1)(\geqslant 1)-subdivision of a graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta. Let LL be a cc-list assignment of GG. Let vv be any vertex of GG. Let FF be the set of LL-colourings of GG that are repetitive but are nonrepetitive on GvG-v. Then

Π(G,L)=|L(v)|Π(Gv,L)|F|cΠ(Gv,L)|F|.\displaystyle\Pi(G,L)=|L(v)|\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,|F|\geqslant c\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,|F|. (9)

We now upper-bound |F||F|. For ii\in\mathbb{N}, let F_iF_{\_}i be the set of colourings in FF, for which there is a repetitively path in GG on 2i2i vertices. Then |F|_i|F_i||F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}|F_{\_}i|. For each colouring ϕ\phi in F_iF_{\_}i there is a repetitively path PQPQ on 2i2i vertices in GG such that vV(P)v\in V(P), GV(P)G-V(P) is nonrepetitively coloured by ϕ\phi, and ϕ\phi is completely determined by the restriction of ϕ\phi to GV(P)G-V(P) colouring (since the colouring of QQ is identical to the colouring of PP). Charge ϕ\phi to PQPQ. The number of colourings in F_iF_{\_}i charged to PQPQ is at most Π(GV(P),L)\Pi(G-V(P),L). Since PP contains vv and i1i-1 other vertices, by induction

Π(Gv,L)βi1Π(GV(P),L).\displaystyle\Pi(G-v,L)\geqslant\beta^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-V(P),L).

Thus the number of colourings in F_iF_{\_}i charged to PQPQ is at most β1iΠ(Gv,L)\beta^{1-i}\,\Pi(G-v,L). A simple adaptation of Lemma 3.10 shows that there are at most iΔ(Δ1)i1i\Delta(\Delta-1)^{i-1} paths on 2i2i vertices including vv. Thus

|F_i|iΔ(Δ1)i1β1iΠ(Gv,L)=iΔri1Π(Gv,L).\displaystyle|F_{\_}i|\leqslant i\,\Delta(\Delta-1)^{i-1}\,\beta^{1-i}\,\Pi(G-v,L)=i\,\Delta r^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-v,L).

Hence

|F|_i|F_i|=_iiΔri1Π(Gv,L)=ΔΠ(Gv,L)_iiri1=Δ(1r)2Π(Gv,L).\displaystyle|F|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}|F_{\_}i|=\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}i\,\Delta r^{i-1}\,\Pi(G-v,L)=\Delta\,\Pi(G-v,L)\sum_{\_}{i\in\mathbb{N}}i\,r^{i-1}=\frac{\Delta}{(1-r)^{2}}\,\Pi(G-v,L).

By Equation 9,

Π(G,L)cΠ(Gv,L)|F|cΠ(Gv,L)Δ(1r)2Π(Gv,L)βΠ(Gv,L),\displaystyle\Pi(G,L)\geqslant c\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,|F|\geqslant c\,\Pi(G-v,L)\,-\,\frac{\Delta}{(1-r)^{2}}\,\Pi(G-v,L)\geqslant\beta\,\Pi(G-v,L),

as desired. ∎

Upper bounds on π(G(1))\pi(G^{(1)}) that do not depend on Δ(G)\Delta(G) are difficult. There is a lower bound,

π(G(1))χs(G(1))χ(G),\pi(G^{(1)})\geqslant\chi_{\text{s}}(G^{(1)})\geqslant\sqrt{\chi(G)},

where the second inequality was proved by Wood [146]. We have the following upper bound that also involves χ(G)\chi(G).

Lemma 6.4.

For every graph GG,

π(G(1))2(χ(G)π(G))1/32+χ(G)\pi(G^{(1)})\leqslant 2\lceil(\chi(G)\,\pi(G))^{1/3}\rceil^{2}+\chi(G)
Proof.

Let k:=(χ(G)π(G))1/3k:=\lceil(\chi(G)\,\pi(G))^{1/3}\rceil. Let cc be a proper colouring of GG with colour-set {1,,χ(G)}\{1,\dots,\chi(G)\}. Let A:={1,,k2χ(G)}A:=\{1,\dots,\lceil\frac{k^{2}}{\chi(G)}\rceil\} and B:={1,,k}B:=\{1,\dots,k\}. Let ϕ\phi be a nonrepetitive colouring of GG with colour-set A×BA\times B (which exists since |A||B|=k2χ(G)kk3χ(G)π(G)|A|\,|B|=\lceil\frac{k^{2}}{\chi(G)}\rceil k\geqslant\frac{k^{3}}{\chi(G)}\geqslant\pi(G)). For each vertex vv of GG, if c(v)=ic(v)=i and ϕ(v)=(a,b)\phi(v)=(a,b) then colour vv by (i,a)(i,a). For each edge vwvw of GG, if c(v)<c(w)c(v)<c(w) and ϕ(v)=(a,b)\phi(v)=(a,b) and ϕ(w)=(a,b)\phi(w)=(a^{\prime},b^{\prime}), then colour the division vertex of vwvw by (b,b)(b,b^{\prime}). The number of colours is at most χ(G)|A|+|B|2=χ(G)k2χ(G)+k22k2+χ(G)=2(χ(G)π(G))1/32+χ(G)\chi(G)|A|+|B|^{2}=\chi(G)\lceil\frac{k^{2}}{\chi(G)}\rceil+k^{2}\leqslant 2k^{2}+\chi(G)=2\lceil(\chi(G)\,\pi(G))^{1/3}\rceil^{2}+\chi(G).

Suppose for the sake of contradiction that G(1)G^{(1)} contains a repetitively coloured path P=(p_1,,p_2t)P=(p_{\_}1,\dots,p_{\_}{2t}). Since PP alternates between original and division vertices, exactly one of p_1p_{\_}1 and p_2tp_{\_}{2t} is original. Without loss of generality, p_1p_{\_}1 is an original vertex (otherwise consider the reverse path). Since original and division vertices are assigned distinct colours, p_ip_{\_}i is original if and only if p_t+ip_{\_}{t+i} is original. Thus Q:=(p_1,p_3,,p_t1,p_t+1,p_t+3,,p_2t1)Q:=(p_{\_}1,p_{\_}3,\dots,p_{\_}{t-1},p_{\_}{t+1},p_{\_}{t+3},\dots,p_{\_}{2t-1}) is path in GG. In particular, tt is even and at least 2. Consider each j{1,3,,t1}j\in\{1,3,\dots,t-1\}. Then p_jp_{\_}j and p_t+jp_{\_}{t+j} are coloured (i,a)(i,a), and p_j+1p_{\_}{j+1} and p_t+j+1p_{\_}{t+j+1} are coloured (b,b)(b,b^{\prime}) for some distinct i,i{1,,χ(G)}i,i^{\prime}\in\{1,\dots,\chi(G)\} and aAa\in A and b,bBb,b^{\prime}\in B. If i<ii<i^{\prime} then ϕ(p_j)=ϕ(p_t+j)=(a,b)\phi(p_{\_}j)=\phi(p_{\_}{t+j})=(a,b), otherwise ϕ(p_j)=ϕ(p_t+j)=(a,b)\phi(p_{\_}j)=\phi(p_{\_}{t+j})=(a,b^{\prime}). Hence QQ is ϕ\phi-repetitive.

This contradiction shows that G(1)G^{(1)} is nonrepetitively coloured. Hence π(G(1))2(χ(G)π(G))1/32+χ(G)\pi(G^{(1)})\leqslant 2\lceil(\chi(G)\,\pi(G))^{1/3}\rceil^{2}+\chi(G). ∎

For 2-subdivisions and 3-subdivisions we have the following improved upper bounds.

Lemma 6.5.

For every graph GG,

π(G(2))3π(G)1/2.\pi(G^{(2)})\leqslant 3\lceil\pi(G)^{1/2}\rceil.
Proof.

Let k:=π(G)1/2k:=\lceil\pi(G)^{1/2}\rceil. Let ϕ\phi be a nonrepetitive colouring of GG with colour-set {1,,k}×{1,,k}\{1,\dots,k\}\times\{1,\dots,k\}. Arbitrarily orient the edges of GG. Let A(G)A(G) be the resulting set of arcs of GG. For each original vertex vV(G)v\in V(G), if ϕ(v)=(a,i)\phi(v)=(a,i) then colour vv by B_aB_{\_}a. For each arc vwA(G)vw\in A(G), if (v,x,y,w)(v,x,y,w) is the path in G(2)G^{(2)} corresponding to vwvw, and ϕ(v)=(a,i)\phi(v)=(a,i) and ϕ(w)=(b,j)\phi(w)=(b,j), then colour xx by C_iC_{\_}i and colour yy by D_jD_{\_}j. There are at most 3k3k colours.

Suppose for the sake of contradiction that (p_1,,p_n,q_1,,q_n)(p_{\_}1,\dots,p_{\_}n,q_{\_}1,\dots,q_{\_}n) is a repetitively coloured path in G(2)G^{(2)}. Since only original vertices are assigned a type-AA colour, p_ip_{\_}i is original if and only if q_iq_{\_}i is original. Say p__1,p__2,,p__t,q__1,q__2,,q__tp_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t} are the original vertices in QQ.

Suppose that t=0t=0. Then QQ is the subpath formed by the two division vertices of some edge of GG. These two vertices are assigned distinct colours, implying QQ is nonrepetitively coloured.

Now assume that t1t\geqslant 1. Then R:=(p__1,p__2,,p__t,q__1,q__2,,q__t)R:=(p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t}) is a path in GG. Without loss of generality, p__t+1p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t+1} is in the first half of QQ (otherwise consider QQ in the reverse order). For each i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}, if p__ip_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i} and q__iq_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i} are coloured B_aB_{\_}a, and p__i+1p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} and q__i+1q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} are coloured C_jC_{\_}j or D_jD_{\_}j, then ϕ(p__i)=ϕ(q__i)=(a,j)\phi(p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=\phi(q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=(a,j). Hence RR is ϕ\phi-repetitive.

This contradiction shows that G(2)G^{(2)} is nonrepetitively coloured. Hence π(G(2))3k\pi(G^{(2)})\leqslant 3k. ∎

Lemma 6.6.

For every graph GG,

π(G(3))(4+o(1))π(G)2/5.\pi(G^{(3)})\leqslant(4+o(1))\,\pi(G)^{2/5}.
Proof.

Let k:=π(G)1/5k:=\lceil\pi(G)^{1/5}\rceil. Let ϕ\phi be a nonrepetitive colouring of GG with colour-set {1,,k2}×{1,,k2}×{1,,k}\{1,\dots,k^{2}\}\times\{1,\dots,k^{2}\}\times\{1,\dots,k\}. Arbitrarily orient the edges of GG. Let A(G)A(G) be the resulting set of arcs of GG. For each original vertex vV(G)v\in V(G), if ϕ(v)=(a,b,c)\phi(v)=(a,b,c) then colour vv by A_aA_{\_}a. For each arc vwA(G)vw\in A(G), if (v,x,m,y,w)(v,x,m,y,w) is the path in G(2)G^{(2)} corresponding to vwvw, and ϕ(v)=(a,b,c)\phi(v)=(a,b,c) and ϕ(w)=(a,b,c)\phi(w)=(a^{\prime},b^{\prime},c^{\prime}), then colour xx by B_bB_{\_}b, colour mm by C_c,cC_{\_}{c,c^{\prime}}, and colour yy by B_bB^{\prime}_{\_}{b^{\prime}}. There are at most 4k24k^{2} colours.

Suppose for the sake of contradiction that (p_1,,p_n,q_1,,q_n)(p_{\_}1,\dots,p_{\_}n,q_{\_}1,\dots,q_{\_}n) is a repetitively coloured path in G(2)G^{(2)}. Since only original vertices are assigned a type-AA colour, p_ip_{\_}i is original if and only if q_iq_{\_}i is original. Say p__1,p__2,,p__t,q__1,q__2,,q__tp_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t} are the original vertices in QQ.

Suppose that t=0t=0. Then QQ is contained in the subpath formed by the three division vertices of some edge of GG. These three vertices are assigned distinct colours, implying QQ is nonrepetitively coloured.

Now assume that t1t\geqslant 1. Then R:=(p__1,p__2,,p__t,q__1,q__2,,q__t)R:=(p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}1},q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}2},\dots,q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t}) is a path in GG. Without loss of generality, p__t+1p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}t+1} is in the first half of QQ (otherwise consider QQ in the reverse order). Consider each i{1,,t}i\in\{1,\dots,t\}. Then p__ip_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i} and q__iq_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i} are coloured A_aA_{\_}a for some a{1,,k2}a\in\{1,\dots,k^{2}\}. And p__i+1p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} and q__i+1q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} are coloured B_bB_{\_}b or B_bB^{\prime}_{\_}b, for some b{1,,k2}b\in\{1,\dots,k^{2}\}. And p__i+2p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+2} and q__i+2q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+2} are coloured C_c,cC_{\_}{c,c^{\prime}}, for some c,c{1,,k}c,c^{\prime}\in\{1,\dots,k\}. If p__i+1p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} and q__i+1q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} are coloured B_bB_{\_}b, then ϕ(p__i)=ϕ(q__i)=(a,b,c)\phi(p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=\phi(q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=(a,b,c). Otherwise, p__i+1p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} and q__i+1q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i+1} are coloured B_bB^{\prime}_{\_}b, implying ϕ(p__i)=ϕ(q__i)=(a,b,c)\phi(p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=\phi(q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=(a,b,c^{\prime}). In both cases, ϕ(p__i)=ϕ(q__i)\phi(p_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i})=\phi(q_{\_}{\ell_{\_}i}). Hence RR is ϕ\phi-repetitive. This contradiction shows that G(2)G^{(2)} is nonrepetitively coloured. Hence π(G(3))4k2\pi(G^{(3)})\leqslant 4k^{2}. ∎

6.2 Upper Bounds: Large Subdivisions

Loosely speaking, Lemma 6.1 says that nonrepetitive colourings of subdivisions are not much “harder" than nonrepetitive colourings of the original graph. This intuition is made more precise if we subdivide each edge many times. Then nonrepetitive colourings of subdivisions are much “easier" than nonrepetitive colourings of the original graph. In particular, Grytczuk [70] proved that every graph has a nonrepetitively 5-colourable subdivision. This bound was improved to 4 by Barát and Wood [17] and by Marx and Schaefer [106], and to 3 by Pezarski and Zmarz [121] (affirming a conjecture of Grytczuk [70]). This deep generalisation of Thue’s Theorem implies that the class of nonrepetitively 33-colourable graphs is not contained in a proper topologically-closed class.

For each of these results, the number of division vertices per edge is O(|V(G)|)O(|V(G)|) or O(|E(G)|)O(|E(G)|). Improving these bounds, Nešetřil et al. [113] proved that every graph has a nonrepetitively 17-colourable subdivision with O(log|V(G)|)O(\log|V(G)|) division vertices per edge, and that Ω(logn)\Omega(\log n) division vertices are needed on some edge of any nonrepetitively O(1)O(1)-colourable subdivision of K_nK_{\_}n (see Theorem 6.28 below). No attempt was made to optimise the constant 17. Grytczuk et al. [77] asked whether every graph has a nonrepetitively cc-choosable subdivision, for some constant cc? This problem was solved by Dujmović et al. [48], who proved that every graph has a nonrepetitively 55-choosable subdivision. Each edge vwvw is subdivided O(logdeg(v)+logdeg(w))O(\log\deg(v)+\log\deg(w)) times, which is O(logΔ)O(\log\Delta) for graphs of maximum degree Δ\Delta, which is at most the O(log|V(G)|)O(\log|V(G)|) bound of Nešetřil et al. [113].

Table 2: Bounds on the number of colours and number of division vertices in nonrepetitively colourable subdivisions.
# colours # division vertices per edge vwvw reference
π5\pi\leqslant 5 O(|E(G)|)O(|E(G)|) Grytczuk [70]
π4\pi\leqslant 4 O(|V(G)|)O(|V(G)|) Barát and Wood [17]
π4\pi\leqslant 4 O(|E(G)|)O(|E(G)|) Marx and Schaefer [106]
π17\pi\leqslant 17 O(log|V(G)|)O(\log|V(G)|) Nešetřil et al. [113]
πch5\pi_{\textup{ch}}\leqslant 5 O(logdeg(v)+logdeg(w)))O(\log\deg(v)+\log\deg(w))) Dujmović et al. [48]
π5\pi\leqslant 5 O(logπ(G))O(\log\pi(G)) Theorem 6.10
π3\pi\leqslant 3 O(|E(G)|)O(|E(G)|) Pezarski and Zmarz [121]

Theorem 6.10 below presents a new construction with 5 colours and O(logπ(G))O(\log\pi(G)) division vertices per edge. Like the result of Dujmović et al. [48] the number of division vertices per edge depends on the original graph, and in the worst case is O(log|V(G)|)O(\log|V(G)|), thus matching the upper bound of Nešetřil et al. [113]. For graphs of maximum degree Δ\Delta, since π(G)O(Δ2)\pi(G)\leqslant O(\Delta^{2}), the new upper bound matches the bound O(logΔ)O(\log\Delta) by Dujmović et al. [48]. Note that Brešar et al. [28] proved that every tree has a nonrepetitively 3-colourable subdivision.

Open Problem 6.7.

Does every graph GG have a cc-choosable subdivision with O(logπ(G)))O(\log\pi(G))) division vertices per edge, for some constant cc?

Here we include the proof of Barát and Wood [17]555The original proof of Barát and Wood [17] had an error, which was reported and corrected by Antonides, Spychalla and Yamzon; see the corrigendum in [17]..

Theorem 6.8 ([17]).

Every graph GG has a nonrepetitively 4-colourable subdivision.

Proof.

Without loss of generality, GG is connected. Say V(G)={v_0,v_1,,v_n1}V(G)=\{v_{\_}0,v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{n-1}\} ordered by non-decreasing distance from v_0v_{\_}0. As illustrated in Figure 2, let GG^{\prime} be the subdivision of GG obtained by subdividing each edge v_iv_jE(G)v_{\_}iv_{\_}j\in E(G) (with i<ji<j) 2(ji)12(j-i)-1 times. The depth of each vertex xx of GG^{\prime} is the distance from v_0v_{\_}0 to xx in GG^{\prime}. In the original graph GG, for each j{1,,n}j\in\{1,\dots,n\}, vertex v_jv_{\_}j has a neighbour v_iv_{\_}i with i<ji<j; it follows that v_jv_{\_}j is at depth 2j2j. For i0i\geqslant 0, let V_iV_{\_}i be the set of vertices in GG^{\prime} at depth ii. So (V_0,V_1,,V_2n)(V_{\_}0,V_{\_}1,\dots,V_{\_}{2n}) is a layering of GG^{\prime}. Note that the endpoints of each edge are in consecutive layers. (Think of v_0,v_1,,v_n1v_{\_}0,v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{n-1} on a horizontal line in this order, with a vertical line through each v_iv_{\_}i, and an additional vertical line between v_iv_{\_}i and v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1}. Each edge of GG is subdivided at each point it crosses a vertical line.)

Refer to caption
Figure 2: Proof of Theorem 6.8: The subdivision HH with G=K_6G=K_{\_}6.

By Lemma 3.3, there is a walk-nonrepetitive 44-colouring ϕ\phi of the path P=(p_0,p_1,,p_2n)P=(p_{\_}0,p_{\_}1,\dots,p_{\_}{2n}). Colour each vertex of GG^{\prime} at depth jj by ϕ(p_j)\phi(p_{\_}j).

Suppose that GG^{\prime} contains a repetitively coloured path Q=(x_1,x_2,,x_t,y_1,y_2,,y_t)Q=(x_{\_}1,x_{\_}2,\dots,x_{\_}t,y_{\_}1,y_{\_}2,\dots,y_{\_}t). Let RR be the projection of QQ into PP. Since no two adjacent vertices in GG^{\prime} are at the same depth, RR is a walk in PP. Since ϕ\phi is walk-nonrepetitive, RR is boring. Thus x_jx_{\_}j and y_jy_{\_}j are at the same depth for each j{1,,t}j\in\{1,\dots,t\} Since no two adjacent vertices in GG^{\prime} are at the same depth, t2t\geqslant 2.

First suppose that t=2t=2. Since x_1x_{\_}1 and y_1y_{\_}1 are at the same depth, and x_2x_{\_}2 is adjacent to both x_1x_{\_}1 and y_1y_{\_}1, it must be that x_2x_{\_}2 is an original vertex (since division vertices only have two neighbours, and they are at distinct depths). Similarly, y_1y_{\_}1 is an original vertex. This is a contradiction, since no two original vertices of GG are adjacent in GG^{\prime}. Now assume that t3t\geqslant 3.

First suppose that x_j1x_{\_}{j-1} and x_j+1x_{\_}{j+1} are at the same depth for some j{2,,t1}j\in\{2,\dots,t-1\}. Thus x_jx_{\_}j is an original vertex of GG. Say x_jx_{\_}j is at depth ii. Without loss of generality, x_j1x_{\_}{j-1} and x_j+1x_{\_}{j+1} are at depth i1i-1. There is at most one original vertex in each layer. Thus y_jy_{\_}j, which is also at depth ii, is a division vertex. Now y_jy_{\_}j has two neighbours in HH, which are at depths i1i-1 and i+1i+1. Thus y_j1y_{\_}{j-1} and y_j+1y_{\_}{j+1} are at depths i1i-1 and i+1i+1, which contradicts the fact that x_j1x_{\_}{j-1} and x_j+1x_{\_}{j+1} are both at depth i1i-1.

Now assume that for all j{2,,t1}j\in\{2,\dots,t-1\}, the vertices x_j1x_{\_}{j-1} and x_j+1x_{\_}{j+1} are at distinct depths.

Say x_1x_{\_}1 is at depth ii. Without loss of generality, x_2x_{\_}2 is at depth i+1i+1 (since no edge of GG^{\prime} has both endpoints at the same depth). It follows that x_jx_{\_}j is at depth i+j1i+j-1 for each j{1,,t}j\in\{1,\dots,t\}. In particular, x_tx_{\_}t is at depth i+t1i+t-1. Now, y_1y_{\_}1 is at depth ii (the same depth as x_1x_{\_}1). Since x_ty_1x_{\_}ty_{\_}1 is an edge, and every edge goes between consecutive levels, |(i+t1)i|=1|(i+t-1)-i|=1, implying t=2t=2, which is a contradiction. Hence we have a path-nonrepetitive 44-colouring of GG^{\prime}. ∎

The next lemma is a key to our O(logπ(G))O(\log\pi(G)) bounds on the number of division vertices per edges in a nonrepetitively cc-colourable subdivision.

Lemma 6.9.

Assume that there exist at least kk distinct nonrepetitive rr-colourings of the tt-vertex path, for some k,r,tk,r,t\in\mathbb{N}. Then for every graph GG with π(G)k\pi(G)\leqslant k,

π(G(2t+1))r+2.\pi(G^{(2t+1)})\leqslant r+2.
Proof.

Fix a nonrepetitive colouring ϕ\phi of GG with colour-set {1,,k}\{1,\dots,k\}. Let c_1,,c_kc_{\_}1,\dots,c_{\_}{k} be distinct nonrepetitive colourings of the path (1,,t)(1,\dots,t), each with colour-set {1,,r}\{1,\dots,r\}. That is, for all distinct i,j{1,,k}i,j\in\{1,\dots,k\} there exists {1,,t}\ell\in\{1,\dots,t\} such that c_i()c_j()c_{\_}i(\ell)\neq c_{\_}j(\ell).

For each edge vwvw of GG, if P_vw=(v,x_1,,x_t,z,y_t,,y_1,w)P_{\_}{vw}=(v,x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}t,z,y_{\_}t,\dots,y_{\_}1,w) is the path in G(2t+1)G^{(2t+1)} corresponding to vwvw and ϕ(v)=i\phi(v)=i, then colour x_x_{\_}\ell by c_i()c_{\_}{i}(\ell) for each {1,,t}\ell\in\{1,\dots,t\}. The same rule colours y_y_{\_}\ell by c_j()c_{\_}j(\ell) where j=ϕ(w)j=\phi(w). Call zz a middle vertex. Colour each original vertex r+1r+1 and colour each middle vertex r+2r+2.

Suppose for the sake of contradiction that G(2t+1)G^{(2t+1)} contains a repetitively coloured path Q=(p_1,,p_n,q_1,,q_n)Q=(p_{\_}1,\dots,p_{\_}n,q_{\_}1,\dots,q_{\_}n). Since only original vertices are coloured r+1r+1, p_ip_{\_}i is original if and only if q_iq_{\_}i is original. Say p_i_1,p_i_2,,p_i_a,q_i_1,q_i_2,,q_i_ap_{\_}{i_{\_}1},p_{\_}{i_{\_}2},\dots,p_{\_}{i_{\_}a},q_{\_}{i_{\_}1},q_{\_}{i_{\_}2},\dots,q_{\_}{i_{\_}a} are the original vertices in QQ.

Suppose that a=0a=0. Then for some edge vwvw of GG, QQ is a subpath of (x_1,,x_t,z,y_t,,y_1)(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}t,z,y_{\_}t,\dots,y_{\_}1) using the above notation for P_vwP_{\_}{vw}. Since only middle vertices are coloured r+2r+2, without loss of generality, QQ is a subpath of (x_1,,x_t)(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}t), which is a contradiction since (x_1,,x_t)(x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}t) is nonrepetitively coloured.

Now assume that a1a\geqslant 1. Then R:=(p_i_1,p_i_2,,p_i_a,q_i_1,q_i_2,,q_i_a)R:=(p_{\_}{i_{\_}1},p_{\_}{i_{\_}2},\dots,p_{\_}{i_{\_}a},q_{\_}{i_{\_}1},q_{\_}{i_{\_}2},\dots,q_{\_}{i_{\_}a}) is a path in GG. Without loss of generality, the middle vertex of the edge p_i_aq_i_1p_{\_}{i_{\_}a}q_{\_}{i_{\_}1} is in the first half of QQ (otherwise consider QQ in the reverse order). Consider j{1,2,,a}j\in\{1,2,\dots,a\} and {1,2,,t}\ell\in\{1,2,\dots,t\}. By construction, p_i_j+p_{\_}{i_{\_}j+\ell} is coloured c_α()c_{\_}\alpha(\ell) where α:=ϕ(p_i_j)\alpha:=\phi(p_{\_}{i_{\_}j}), and q_i_j+q_{\_}{i_{\_}j+\ell} is coloured c_β()c_{\_}\beta(\ell) where β:=ϕ(q_i_j)\beta:=\phi(q_{\_}{i_{\_}j}). Since QQ is repetitively coloured, p_i_j+p_{\_}{i_{\_}j+\ell} and q_i_j+q_{\_}{i_{\_}j+\ell} are assigned the same colour. That is, c_α()=c_β()c_{\_}\alpha(\ell)=c_{\_}\beta(\ell) for each {1,2,,t}\ell\in\{1,2,\dots,t\}. Since c_1,,c_kc_{\_}1,\dots,c_{\_}k are distinct colourings, α=β\alpha=\beta. Thus ϕ(p_i_j)=ϕ(q_i_j)\phi(p_{\_}{i_{\_}j})=\phi(q_{\_}{i_{\_}j}). Hence RR is a ϕ\phi-repetitively coloured path in GG.

This contradiction shows that G(2t+1)G^{(2t+1)} is nonrepetitively (r+2r+2)-coloured, and π(G(2t+1))r+2\pi(G^{(2t+1)})\leqslant r+2. ∎

Numerous authors have shown that paths have exponentially many nonrepetitive 3-colourings; see [20] for a survey of such results. For example, Ekhad and Zeilberger [58] proved that for every tt\in\mathbb{N} there are at least 2t/172^{t/17} distinct nonrepetitive 3-colourings of the tt-vertex path. This result and Lemma 6.9 imply:

Theorem 6.10.

For every graph GG, if d:=217log_2π(G)+1d:=2\lceil 17\log_{\_}2\pi(G)\rceil+1 then

π(G(d))5.\pi(G^{(d)})\leqslant 5.

For 6 or more colours, Theorem 3.8 with t:=log_r2π(G)t:=\lceil\log_{\_}{r-2}\pi(G)\rceil and Lemma 6.9 imply:

Theorem 6.11.

For every graph GG and integer r4r\geqslant 4, if d:=2log_r2π(G)+1d:=2\lceil\log_{\_}{r-2}\pi(G)\rceil+1 then

π(G(d))r+2.\pi(G^{(d)})\leqslant r+2.

We can restate this result as the following upper bound on π(G(d))\pi(G^{(d)}).

Theorem 6.12.

For every graph GG and odd integer d3d\geqslant 3,

π(G(d))π(G)2/(d1)+4.\pi(G^{(d)})\leqslant\pi(G)^{2/(d-1)}+4.
Proof.

The result is trivial if E(G)=E(G)=\emptyset. Now assume that E(G)E(G)\neq\emptyset, implying π(G)2\pi(G)\geqslant 2. Let t:=(d1)/2t:=(d-1)/2, which is in \mathbb{N}. Let r:=π(G)1/t+2r:=\lceil\pi(G)^{1/t}\rceil+2. So r4r\geqslant 4 is an integer. By Theorem 3.8 there exist at least (r2)tπ(G)(r-2)^{t}\geqslant\pi(G) distinct nonrepetitive rr-colourings of the tt-vertex path. By Lemma 6.9,

π(G(d))=π(G(2t+1))r+2=π(G)1/t+4=π(G)2/(d1)+4.\pi(G^{(d)})=\pi(G^{(2t+1)})\leqslant r+2=\lceil\pi(G)^{1/t}\rceil+4=\lceil\pi(G)^{2/(d-1)}\rceil+4.\qed

6.3 Lower Bounds

We now set out to prove a converse of Lemma 6.1; that is, if HH is a subdivision of GG with a bounded number of division vertices per edge, then π(G)\pi(G) is bounded by a function of π(H)\pi(H) (see Theorem 6.20 below). The following tool by Nešetřil and Raspaud [114] will be useful.

Lemma 6.13 ([114]).

For every kk-colouring of the arcs of an oriented forest TT, there is a (2k+1)(2k+1)-colouring of the vertices of TT, such that between each pair of (vertex) colour classes, all arcs go in the same direction and have the same colour.

A rooting of a forest FF is obtained by nominating one vertex in each component tree of FF to be a root vertex.

Lemma 6.14 ([113]).

Let TT^{\prime} be the 11-subdivision of a forest TT. Then for every nonrepetitive kk-colouring cc of TT^{\prime}, and for every rooting of TT, there is a nonrepetitive k(k+1)(2k+1)k(k+1)(2k+1)-colouring qq of TT, such that:

  1. (a)

    For all edges vwvw and xyxy of TT with q(v)=q(x)q(v)=q(x) and q(w)=q(y)q(w)=q(y), the division vertices corresponding to vwvw and xyxy have the same colour in cc.

  2. (b)

    For all non-root vertices vv and xx with q(v)=q(x)q(v)=q(x), the division vertices corresponding to the parent edges of vv and xx have the same colour in cc.

  3. (c)

    For every root vertex rr and every non-root vertex vv, we have q(r)q(v)q(r)\neq q(v).

  4. (d)

    For all vertices vv and ww of TT, if q(v)=q(w)q(v)=q(w) then c(v)=c(w)c(v)=c(w).

Proof.

Let cc be a nonrepetitive kk-colouring of TT^{\prime} with colour-set {1,,k}\{1,\dots,k\}. Colour each edge of TT by the colour assigned by cc to the corresponding division vertex. Orient each edge of TT towards the root vertex in its component. By Lemma 6.13, there is a (2k+1)(2k+1)-colouring ff of the vertices of TT, such that between each pair of (vertex) colour classes in ff, all arcs go in the same direction and have the same colour in cc. Consider a vertex vv of TT. If vv is a root, let g(r):=0g(r):=0; otherwise let g(v):=c(vw)g(v):=c(vw) where ww is the parent of vv. Let q(v):=(c(v),f(v),g(v))q(v):=(c(v),f(v),g(v)) for each vertex vv of TT. The number of colours in qq is at most k(k+1)(2k+1)k(k+1)(2k+1). Observe that claims (c) and (d) hold by definition.

We claim that qq is nonrepetitive. Suppose on the contrary that there is a path P=(v_1,,v_2s)P=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2s}) in TT that is repetitively coloured by qq. That is, q(v_i)=q(v_i+s)q(v_{\_}i)=q(v_{\_}{i+s}) for each i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}. Thus c(v_i)=c(v_i+s)c(v_{\_}i)=c(v_{\_}{i+s}) and f(v_i)=f(v_i+s)f(v_{\_}i)=f(v_{\_}{i+s}) and g(v_i)=g(v_i+s)g(v_{\_}i)=g(v_{\_}{i+s}). Since no two root vertices are in a common path, (c) implies that every vertex in PP is a non-root vertex.

Consider the edge v_iv_i+1v_{\_}iv_{\_}{i+1} of PP for some i{1,,s1}i\in\{1,\dots,s-1\}. We have f(v_i)=f(v_i+s)f(v_{\_}i)=f(v_{\_}{i+s}) and f(v_i+1)=f(v_i+s+1)f(v_{\_}{i+1})=f(v_{\_}{i+s+1}). Between these two colour classes in ff, all arcs go in the same direction and have the same colour. Thus the edge v_iv_i+1v_{\_}iv_{\_}{i+1} is oriented from v_iv_{\_}i to v_i+1v_{\_}{i+1} if and only if the edge v_i+sv_i+s+1v_{\_}{i+s}v_{\_}{i+s+1} is oriented from v_i+sv_{\_}{i+s} to v_i+s+1v_{\_}{i+s+1}. And c(v_iv_i+1)=c(v_i+sv_i+s+1)c(v_{\_}iv_{\_}{i+1})=c(v_{\_}{i+s}v_{\_}{i+s+1}).

If at least two vertices v_iv_{\_}i and v_jv_{\_}j in PP have indegree 22 in PP, then some vertex between v_iv_{\_}i and v_jv_{\_}j in PP has outdegree 22 in PP, which is a contradiction. Thus at most one vertex has indegree 22 in PP. Suppose that v_iv_{\_}i has indegree 22 in PP. Then each edge v_jv_j+1v_{\_}jv_{\_}{j+1} in PP is oriented from v_jv_{\_}j to v_j+1v_{\_}{j+1} if ji1j\leqslant i-1, and from v_j+1v_{\_}{j+1} to v_jv_{\_}{j} if jij\geqslant i (otherwise two vertices have indegree 22 in PP). In particular, v_1v_2v_{\_}1v_{\_}2 is oriented from v_1v_{\_}1 to v_2v_{\_}2 and v_s+1v_s+2v_{\_}{s+1}v_{\_}{s+2} is oriented from v_s+2v_{\_}{s+2} to v_s+1v_{\_}{s+1}. This is a contradiction since the edge v_1v_2v_{\_}1v_{\_}2 is oriented from v_1v_{\_}1 to v_2v_{\_}2 if and only if the edge v_s+1v_s+2v_{\_}{s+1}v_{\_}{s+2} is oriented from v_s+1v_{\_}{s+1} to v_s+2v_{\_}{s+2}. Hence no vertex in PP has indegree 22. Thus PP is a directed path.

Without loss of generality, PP is oriented from v_1v_{\_}1 to v_2sv_{\_}{2s}. Let xx be the parent of v_2sv_{\_}{2s}. Now g(v_2s)=c(v_2sx)g(v_{\_}{2s})=c(v_{\_}{2s}x) and g(v_s)=c(v_sv_s+1)g(v_{\_}s)=c(v_{\_}sv_{\_}{s+1}) and g(v_s)=g(v_2s)g(v_{\_}s)=g(v_{\_}{2s}). Thus c(v_sv_s+1)=c(v_2sx)c(v_{\_}{s}v_{\_}{s+1})=c(v_{\_}{2s}x).

Summarising, the path

(v_1,v_1v_2,v_2,,v_s,v_sv_s+1,v_s+1,v_s+1v_s+2,v_s+2,,v_2s,v_2sx)\displaystyle\big{(}\underbrace{v_{\_}1,v_{\_}1v_{\_}2,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}s,v_{\_}sv_{\_}{s+1}},\underbrace{v_{\_}{s+1},v_{\_}{s+1}v_{\_}{s+2},v_{\_}{s+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2s},v_{\_}{2s}x}\big{)}

in TT^{\prime} is repetitively coloured by cc. (Here division vertices in TT^{\prime} are described by the corresponding edge.) Since cc is nonrepetitive in TT^{\prime}, we have the desired contradiction. Hence qq is a nonrepetitive colouring of TT.

It remains to prove claims (a) and (b). Consider two edges vwvw and xyxy of TT, such that q(v)=q(x)q(v)=q(x) and q(w)=q(y)q(w)=q(y). Thus f(v)=f(x)f(v)=f(x) and f(w)=f(y)f(w)=f(y). Thus vwvw and xyxy have the same colour in cc. Thus the division vertices corresponding to vwvw and xyxy have the same colour in cc. This proves claim (a). Finally consider non-root vertices vv and xx with q(v)=q(x)q(v)=q(x). Thus g(v)=g(x)g(v)=g(x). Say ww and yy are the respective parents of vv and xx. By construction, c(vw)=c(xy)c(vw)=c(xy). Thus the division vertices of vwvw and xyxy have the same colour in cc. This proves claim (b). ∎

A colouring of a graph is acylic if adjacent vertcies are assigned distinct colours and every cycle is assigned at least three distinct colours; that is, the subgraph induced by any two colour classes is a forest. The acyclic chromatic number of a graph GG, denoted by χa(G)\chi_{\text{a}}(G), is the minimum number of colours in an acyclic colouring of GG. Acyclic colourings are well studied [2, 10, 11, 26]. For example, every planar graph is acyclically 5-colourable [26]. We now extend Lemma 6.14 to apply to graphs with bounded acyclic chromatic number; see [9, 114] for similar methods.

Lemma 6.15 ([113]).

Let GG^{\prime} be the 11-subdivision of a graph GG, such that π(G)k\pi(G^{\prime})\leqslant k and χa(G)\chi_{\text{a}}(G)\leqslant\ell. Then

π(G)(k(k+1)(2k+1))1.\pi(G)\leqslant\ell\big{(}k(k+1)(2k+1)\big{)}^{\ell-1}.
Proof.

Let pp be an acyclic \ell-colouring of GG with colour-set {1,,}\{1,\dots,\ell\}. Let cc be a nonrepetitive kk-colouring of GG^{\prime}. For distinct i,j{1,,}i,j\in\{1,\dots,\ell\}, let G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}} be the subgraph of GG induced by the vertices coloured ii or jj by pp. Thus each G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}} is a forest, and cc restricted to G_{i,j}G^{\prime}_{\_}{\{i,j\}} is nonrepetitive.

For distinct i,j{1,,}i,j\in\{1,\dots,\ell\}, by Lemma 6.14 applied to G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}}, there is a nonrepetitive k(k+1)(2k+1)k(k+1)(2k+1)-colouring q_{i,j}q_{\_}{\{i,j\}} of G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}} satisfying Lemma 6.14(a)–(d).

Consider a vertex vv of GG. For each colour j{1,,}j\in\{1,\dots,\ell\} with jp(v)j\neq p(v), let q_j(v):=q_{p(v),j}(v)q_{\_}j(v):=q_{\_}{\{p(v),j\}}(v). Define

q(v):=(p(v),{(j,q_j(v)):j{1,,},jp(v)}).q(v):=\Big{(}p(v),\big{\{}(j,q_{\_}{j}(v)):j\in\{1,\dots,\ell\},j\neq p(v)\big{\}}\Big{)}.

Note that the number of colours in qq is at most (k(k+1)(2k+1))1.\ell\big{(}k(k+1)(2k+1)\big{)}^{\ell-1}. We claim that qq is a nonrepetitive colouring of GG.

Suppose on the contrary that some path P=(v_1,,v_2s)P=(v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}{2s}) in GG is repetitively coloured by qq. That is, q(v_a)=q(v_a+s)q(v_{\_}a)=q(v_{\_}{a+s}) for each a{1,,s}a\in\{1,\dots,s\}. Thus p(v_a)=p(v_a+s)p(v_{\_}a)=p(v_{\_}{a+s}) for each a{1,,s}a\in\{1,\dots,s\}. Let i:=p(v_a)i:=p(v_{\_}a). Consider any j{1,,}j\in\{1,\dots,\ell\} with jij\neq i. Thus (j,q_j(v_a))=(j,q_j(v_a+s))(j,q_{\_}j(v_{\_}a))=(j,q_{\_}j(v_{\_}{a+s})) and q_j(v_a)=q_j(v_a+s)q_{\_}j(v_{\_}a)=q_{\_}j(v_{\_}{a+s}). Hence c(v_a)=c(v_a+s)c(v_{\_}a)=c(v_{\_}{a+s}) by Lemma 6.14(d).

Consider an edge v_av_a+1v_{\_}av_{\_}{a+1} for some i{1,,s1}i\in\{1,\dots,s-1\}. Let i:=p(v_a)i:=p(v_{\_}a) and j:=p(v_a+1)j:=p(v_{\_}{a+1}). Now q(v_a)=q(v_a+s)q(v_{\_}a)=q(v_{\_}{a+s}) and q(v_a+1)=q(v_a+s+1)q(v_{\_}{a+1})=q(v_{\_}{a+s+1}). Thus p(v_a+s)=ip(v_{\_}{a+s})=i and p(v_a+s+1)=jp(v_{\_}{a+s+1})=j. Moreover, (j,q_j(v_a))=(j,q_j(v_a+s))(j,q_{\_}j(v_{\_}a))=(j,q_{\_}j(v_{\_}{a+s})) and (i,q_i(v_a+1))=(i,q_i(v_a+s+1))(i,q_{\_}i(v_{\_}{a+1}))=(i,q_{\_}i(v_{\_}{a+s+1})). That is, q_{i,j}(v_a)=q_{i,j}(v_a+s)q_{\_}{\{i,j\}}(v_{\_}a)=q_{\_}{\{i,j\}}(v_{\_}{a+s}) and q_{i,j}(v_a+1)=q_{i,j}(v_a+s+1)q_{\_}{\{i,j\}}(v_{\_}{a+1})=q_{\_}{\{i,j\}}(v_{\_}{a+s+1}). Thus c(v_av_a+1)=c(v_a+sv_a+s+1)c(v_{\_}av_{\_}{a+1})=c(v_{\_}{a+s}v_{\_}{a+s+1}) by Lemma 6.14(a).

Consider the edge v_sv_s+1v_{\_}sv_{\_}{s+1}. Let i:=p(v_s)i:=p(v_{\_}s) and j:=p(v_s+1)j:=p(v_{\_}{s+1}). Without loss of generality, v_s+1v_{\_}{s+1} is the parent of v_sv_{\_}s in the forest G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}}. In particular, v_sv_{\_}s is not a root of G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}}. Since q_{i,j}(v_s)=q_{i,j}(v_2s)q_{\_}{\{i,j\}}(v_{\_}s)=q_{\_}{\{i,j\}}(v_{\_}{2s}) and by Lemma 6.14(c), v_2sv_{\_}{2s} also is not a root of G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}}. Let yy be the parent of v_2sv_{\_}{2s} in G_{i,j}G_{\_}{\{i,j\}}. By Lemma 6.14(b) applied to v_sv_{\_}s and v_2sv_{\_}{2s}, we have c(v_sv_s+1)=c(v_2sy)c(v_{\_}sv_{\_}{s+1})=c(v_{\_}{2s}y).

Summarising, the path

(v_1,v_1v_2,v_2,,v_s,v_sv_s+1,v_s+1,v_s+1v_s+2,v_s+2,,v_2s,v_2sy)\displaystyle\big{(}\underbrace{v_{\_}1,v_{\_}1v_{\_}2,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}s,v_{\_}sv_{\_}{s+1}},\underbrace{v_{\_}{s+1},v_{\_}{s+1}v_{\_}{s+2},v_{\_}{s+2},\dots,v_{\_}{2s},v_{\_}{2s}y}\big{)}

is repetitively coloured in GG^{\prime}. This contradiction proves that GG is repetitively coloured by qq. ∎

Lemma 6.15 generalises for (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivisions as follows:

Lemma 6.16 ([113]).

Let HH be a (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivision of a graph GG, such that π(H)k\pi(H)\leqslant k and χa(G)\chi_{\text{a}}(G)\leqslant\ell. Then

π(G)((k+1)(k+2)(2k+3))1.\pi(G)\leqslant\ell\big{(}(k+1)(k+2)(2k+3)\big{)}^{\ell-1}.
Proof.

Since GG^{\prime} is a (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivision of HH, Lemma 6.1(a) implies that π(G)k+1\pi(G^{\prime})\leqslant k+1. Lemma 6.15 implies the result. ∎

Lemma 6.17 ([113]).

Let cc be a nonrepetitive kk-colouring of the 1-subdivision GG^{\prime} of a graph GG. Then

χa(G)k22k2.\chi_{\text{a}}(G)\leqslant k\cdot 2^{2k^{2}}.
Proof.

Orient the edges of GG arbitrarily. Let A(G)A(G) be the set of oriented arcs of GG. So cc induces a kk-colouring of V(G)V(G) and of A(G)A(G). For each vertex vv of GG, let

q(v):={c(v)}{(+,c(vw),c(w)):vwA(G)}{(,c(wv),c(w)):wvA(G)}.q(v):=\big{\{}c(v)\big{\}}\cup\big{\{}(+,c(vw),c(w)):vw\in A(G)\big{\}}\cup\big{\{}(-,c(wv),c(w)):wv\in A(G)\big{\}}.

The number of possible values for q(v)q(v) is at most k22k2k\cdot 2^{2k^{2}}. We claim that qq is an acyclic colouring of GG.

Suppose on the contrary that q(v)=q(w)q(v)=q(w) for some arc vwvw of GG. Thus c(v)=c(w)c(v)=c(w) and (+,c(vw),c(w))q(v)(+,c(vw),c(w))\in q(v), implying (+,c(vw),c(w))q(w)(+,c(vw),c(w))\in q(w). That is, for some arc wxwx, we have c(wx)=c(vw)c(wx)=c(vw) and c(x)=c(w)c(x)=c(w). Thus the path (v,vw,w,wx)(v,vw,w,wx) in GG^{\prime} is repetitively coloured. This contradiction shows that qq properly colours GG. It remains to prove that GG contains no bichromatic cycle (with respect to qq).

First consider a bichromatic path P=(u,v,w)P=(u,v,w) in GG with q(u)=q(w)q(u)=q(w). Thus c(u)=c(w)c(u)=c(w).

Suppose on the contrary that PP is oriented (u,v,w)(u,v,w), as illustrated in Figure 3(a). By construction, (+,c(uv),c(v))q(u)(+,c(uv),c(v))\in q(u), implying (+,c(uv),c(v))q(w)(+,c(uv),c(v))\in q(w). That is, c(uv)=c(wx)c(uv)=c(wx) and c(v)=c(x)c(v)=c(x) for some arc wxwx (and thus xvx\neq v). Similarly, (,c(vw),c(v))q(w)(-,c(vw),c(v))\in q(w), implying (,c(vw),c(v))q(u)(-,c(vw),c(v))\in q(u). Thus c(vw)=c(tu)c(vw)=c(tu) and c(v)=c(t)c(v)=c(t) for some arc tutu (and thus tvt\neq v). Hence the 8-vertex path (tu,u,uv,v,vw,w,wx,x)(tu,u,uv,v,vw,w,wx,x) in GG^{\prime} is repetitively coloured by cc, as illustrated in Figure 3(b). This contradiction shows that both edges in PP are oriented toward vv or both are oriented away from vv.

Refer to caption
Figure 3: Illustration for Lemma 6.17.

Consider the case in which both edges in PP are oriented toward vv. Suppose on the contrary that c(uv)c(wv)c(uv)\neq c(wv). By construction, (+,c(uv),c(v))q(u)(+,c(uv),c(v))\in q(u), implying (+,c(uv),c(v))q(w)(+,c(uv),c(v))\in q(w). That is, c(uv)=c(wx)c(uv)=c(wx) and c(v)=c(x)c(v)=c(x) for some arc wxwx (implying xvx\neq v since c(uv)c(wv)c(uv)\neq c(wv)). Similarly, (+,c(wv),c(v))q(w)(+,c(wv),c(v))\in q(w), implying (+,c(wv),c(v))q(u)(+,c(wv),c(v))\in q(u). That is, c(wv)=c(ut)c(wv)=c(ut) and c(t)=c(v)c(t)=c(v) for some arc utut (implying tvt\neq v since c(ut)=c(wv)c(uv)c(ut)=c(wv)\neq c(uv)). Hence the path (ut,u,uv,v,wv,w,wx,x)(ut,u,uv,v,wv,w,wx,x) in GG^{\prime} is repetitively coloured in cc, as illustrated in Figure 3(c). This contradiction shows that c(uv)=c(wv)c(uv)=c(wv). By symmetry, c(uv)=c(wv)c(uv)=c(wv) when both edges in PP are oriented away from vv.

Hence in each component of GG^{\prime}, all the division vertices have the same colour in cc. Every bichromatic cycle contains a 4-cycle or a 5-path. If GG contains a bichromatic 5-path (u,v,w,x,y)(u,v,w,x,y), then all the division vertices in (u,v,w,x,y)(u,v,w,x,y) have the same colour in cc, and (u,uv,v,vw,w,wx,x,xy)(u,uv,v,vw,w,wx,x,xy) is a repetitively coloured path in GG^{\prime}, as illustrated in Figure 3(d). Similarly, if GG contains a bichromatic 4-cycle (u,v,w,x)(u,v,w,x), then all the division vertices in (u,v,w,x)(u,v,w,x) have the same colour in cc, and (u,uv,v,vw,w,wx,x,xu)(u,uv,v,vw,w,wx,x,xu) is a repetitively coloured path in GG^{\prime}, as illustrated in Figure 3(e).

Thus GG contains no bichromatic cycle, and qq is an acyclic colouring of GG. ∎

Note that the above proof establishes the following stronger statement: If the 1-subdivision of a graph GG has a kk-colouring that is nonrepetitive on paths with at most 88 vertices, then GG has an acyclic k22k2k\cdot 2^{2k^{2}}-colouring in which each component of each 2-coloured subgraph is a star or a 4-path.

Lemmas 6.17 and 6.1(a) imply:

Lemma 6.18 ([113]).

If some (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivision of a graph GG has a nonrepetitive kk-colouring, then

χa(G)(k+1)22(k+1)2.\chi_{\text{a}}(G)\leqslant(k+1)\cdot 2^{2(k+1)^{2}}.
Lemma 6.19 ([113]).

If π(H)k\pi(H)\leqslant k for some (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivision of a graph GG, then

π(G)(k+1)22(k+1)2((k+1)(k+2)(2k+3))(k+1)22(k+1)21.\pi(G)\leqslant(k+1)\cdot 2^{2(k+1)^{2}}\big{(}(k+1)(k+2)(2k+3)\big{)}^{(k+1)\cdot 2^{2(k+1)^{2}}-1}.
Proof.

χa(G)(k+1)22(k+1)2\chi_{\text{a}}(G)\leqslant(k+1)\cdot 2^{2(k+1)^{2}} by Lemma 6.18. The result follows from Lemma 6.16 with =(k+1)22(k+1)2\ell=(k+1)\cdot 2^{2(k+1)^{2}}. ∎

Iterated application of Lemma 6.19 proves the following theorem.

Theorem 6.20 ([113]).

There is a function ff such that for every graph GG and every (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision HH of GG,

π(G)f(π(H),d).\pi(G)\leqslant f(\pi(H),d).

Theorem 6.20 can be interpreted as follows. For each fixed integer c3c\geqslant 3, let f_c(G)f_{\_}c(G) be the minimum integer kk such that π(G)c\pi(G^{\prime})\leqslant c for some (k)(\leqslant k)-subdivision GG^{\prime} of GG. The results discussed at the start of this section show that f_cf_{\_}c is well-defined. For c5c\geqslant 5, Theorem 6.10 shows that f_c(G)O(logπ(G))f_{\_}c(G)\leqslant O(\log\pi(G)) for every graph GG. Theorem 6.20 shows that a converse also holds. That is, for each integer c5c\geqslant 5, the parameters f_cf_{\_}c and π\pi are tied.

Open Problem 6.21.

Does every graph GG have a nonrepetitively 3-colourable subdivision with O(log|V(G)|)O(\log|V(G)|) or even O(logπ(G))O(\log\pi(G)) division vertices per edge? Note that Brešar et al. [28] proved that π(T(12))3\pi(T^{(12)})\leqslant 3 for every tree TT.

Open Problem 6.22.

Does every nonrepetitively kk-colourable subdivision of a graph GG have an edge subdivided at least clog_kπ(G))c\log_{\_}k\pi(G)) times, for some absolute constant c>0c>0?

The results in the next section give an affirmative answer to this question for complete graphs, and indeed for any graph GG with π(G)c|V(G)|\pi(G)\geqslant c|V(G)|.

6.4 Subdivisions of Dense Graphs

Nešetřil et al. [113] proved the following generalisation of Proposition 2.2 in the case of complete graphs. The same proof works for all graphs.

Lemma 6.23.

For every (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision GG^{\prime} of a graph GG,

|E(G)|2π(G)d+1(|V(G)|c+12).|E(G)|\leqslant 2\pi(G^{\prime})^{d+1}(|V(G)|-\tfrac{c+1}{2}).

Moreover,

|E(G)|π(G(d))d+1(|V(G)|c+12).|E(G)|\leqslant\pi(G^{(d)})^{d+1}(|V(G)|-\tfrac{c+1}{2}).

Lemma 6.23 is implied by the following stronger result. This strengthening will be useful in Section 7.

Lemma 6.24.

Let GG^{\prime} be a (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision a graph GG. Assume that GG^{\prime} is cc-colourable with no repetitively coloured paths on at most 4d+44d+4 vertices. Then

|E(G)|2cd+1(|V(G)|c+12).|E(G)|\leqslant 2c^{d+1}(|V(G)|-\tfrac{c+1}{2}).

Moreover, if G=G(d)G^{\prime}=G^{(d)} then

|E(G)|cd+1(|V(G)|c+12).|E(G)|\leqslant c^{d+1}(|V(G)|-\tfrac{c+1}{2}).
Proof.

Arbitrarily orient each edge of GG. Let A(G)A(G) be the resulting set of arcs of GG. Let ϕ\phi be a cc-colouring of GG^{\prime} with colour-set {1,,c}\{1,\dots,c\} and with no repetitively coloured paths on at most 4d+44d+4 vertices. Let V_iV_{\_}i be the set of vertices in GG coloured ii. For each arc e=vwA(G)e=vw\in A(G), if e_1,,e_de_{\_}1,\dots,e_{\_}d is the sequence of division vertices on ee from vv to ww, then let f(e):=(ϕ(e_1),,ϕ(e_d))f(e):=(\phi(e_{\_}1),\dots,\phi(e_{\_}d)). Let Z:={f(e):eA(G)}Z:=\{f(e):e\in A(G)\}. Note that

|Z|_i=0dci=cd+11c1<2cd.|Z|\leqslant\sum_{\_}{i=0}^{d}c^{i}=\frac{c^{d+1}-1}{c-1}<2c^{d}.

Moreover, if G=G(d)G^{\prime}=G^{(d)} then |Z|cd|Z|\leqslant c^{d}.

For i,j{1,,c}i,j\in\{1,\dots,c\} and z{1,,c}dz\in\{1,\dots,c\}^{d}, let G_i,j,zG_{\_}{i,j,z} be the subgraph of GG with V(G_i,j,z):=V_iV_jV(G_{\_}{i,j,z}):=V_{\_}i\cup V_{\_}j and E(G_i,j,k):={vwE(G):vV_i,wV_j,f(vw)=z}E(G_{\_}{i,j,k}):=\{vw\in E(G):v\in V_{\_}i,w\in V_{\_}j,f(vw)=z\}. Note that possibly i=ji=j. We now bound the number of edges in each G_i,j,zG_{\_}{i,j,z}.

First suppose that G_i,j,zG_{\_}{i,j,z} contains a directed path (u,v,w)(u,v,w). Let α:=uv\alpha:=uv and β:=vw\beta:=vw. Thus f(α)=f(β)=zf(\alpha)=f(\beta)=z, and α\alpha and β\beta are both subdivided dd^{\prime} times, for some d{0,1,,d}d^{\prime}\in\{0,1,\dots,d\}. Moreover, ϕ(u)=ϕ(v)\phi(u)=\phi(v) and ϕ(α_i)=ϕ(β_i)\phi(\alpha_{\_}i)=\phi(\beta_{\_}i) for each i{1,,d}i\in\{1,\dots,d^{\prime}\}. Thus (u,α_1,,α_d,v,β_1,,β_d)(u,\alpha_{\_}1,\dots,\alpha_{\_}{d^{\prime}},v,\beta_{\_}1,\dots,\beta_{\_}{d^{\prime}}) is a repetitively coloured path in GG^{\prime} on 2d+24d+42d^{\prime}+2\leqslant 4d+4 vertices, as illustrated in Figure 4(a). This contradiction shows that G_i,j,zG_{\_}{i,j,z} contains no 2-edge directed path.

Let G_i,j,z¯\overline{G_{\_}{i,j,z}} be the undirected graph underlying G_i,j,zG_{\_}{i,j,z}. Suppose that G_i,j,z¯\overline{G_{\_}{i,j,z}} contains a cycle C=(v_1,v_2,,v_k)C=(v_{\_}1,v_{\_}2,\dots,v_{\_}k) for some k3k\geqslant 3. Each edge of CC is subdivided dd^{\prime} times, for some d{0,1,,d}d^{\prime}\in\{0,1,\dots,d\}. Since G_i,j,zG_{\_}{i,j,z} contains no 2-edge directed path, without loss of generality, the edges of CC are oriented v_1v_2,v_3v_4,v_5v_6,v_{\_}1v_{\_}2,v_{\_}3v_{\_}4,v_{\_}5v_{\_}6,\dots and v_3v_2,v_5v_4,v_7v_6,v_{\_}3v_{\_}2,v_{\_}5v_{\_}4,v_{\_}7v_{\_}6,\dots. Thus k4k\geqslant 4. By construction, i=ϕ(v_1)=ϕ(v_3)=i=\phi(v_{\_}1)=\phi(v_{\_}3)=\cdots and j=ϕ(v_2)=ϕ(v_4)=j=\phi(v_{\_}2)=\phi(v_{\_}4)=\cdots. Let α:=v_1v_2\alpha:=v_{\_}1v_{\_}2 and β:=v_3v_2\beta:=v_{\_}3v_{\_}2 and γ:=v_3v_4\gamma:=v_{\_}3v_{\_}4 and δ:=v_5v_4\delta:=v_{\_}5v_{\_}4. By construction ϕ(α_i)=ϕ(β_d+1i)=ϕ(γ_i)=ϕ(δ_d+1i)\phi(\alpha_{\_}i)=\phi(\beta_{\_}{d^{\prime}+1-i})=\phi(\gamma_{\_}i)=\phi(\delta_{\_}{d^{\prime}+1-i}) for each i{1,,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}. Thus

(v_1,α_1,α_2,,α_d,v_2,β_d,β_d1,,β_1,v_3,γ_1,γ_2,,γ_d,v_4,δ_d,δ_d1,,δ_1)(v_{\_}1,\alpha_{\_}1,\alpha_{\_}2,\dots,\alpha_{\_}{d^{\prime}},v_{\_}2,\beta_{\_}{d^{\prime}},\beta_{\_}{d^{\prime}-1},\dots,\beta_{\_}1,v_{\_}3,\gamma_{\_}1,\gamma_{\_}2,\dots,\gamma_{\_}{d^{\prime}},v_{\_}4,\delta_{\_}{d^{\prime}},\delta_{\_}{d^{\prime}-1},\dots,\delta_{\_}1)

is a repetitively coloured path in GG^{\prime} on 4d+44d+44d^{\prime}+4\leqslant 4d+4 vertices, as illustrated in Figure 4(b).

This contradiction shows that G_i,j,z¯\overline{G_{\_}{i,j,z}} is acyclic. Thus |E(G_i,j,z¯)||V_i|+|V_j|1|E(\overline{G_{\_}{i,j,z}})|\leqslant|V_{\_}i|+|V_{\_}j|-1. Hence

|E(G)|_i,j{1,,c}|Z|(|V_i|+|V_j|1)=\displaystyle|E(G)|\leqslant\!\!\!\sum_{\_}{i,j\in\{1,\dots,c\}}\!\!\!\!\!|Z|(|V_{\_}i|+|V_{\_}j|-1)= |Z|(c(c+1)2+_i{1,,c}c|V_i|)\displaystyle|Z|\left(-\frac{c(c+1)}{2}+\!\!\!\sum_{\_}{i\in\{1,\dots,c\}}\!\!\!\!c|V_{\_}i|\right)
=\displaystyle= c|Z|(|V(G)|c+12).\displaystyle c\,|Z|\left(|V(G)|-\frac{c+1}{2}\right).

The result follows by the above bounds on |Z||Z|. ∎

Refer to caption
Figure 4: Illustration for Lemma 6.23.

Lemma 6.1(c) and Lemma 6.23 imply:

Lemma 6.25.

For every graph GG and integer d0d\geqslant 0, if GG^{\prime} is any (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision of GG, then

π(G)(|E(G)||V(G)|1)1/(d+1)3.\pi(G^{\prime})\geqslant\left(\frac{|E(G)|}{|V(G)|-1}\right)^{1/(d+1)}-3.

6.5 Complete Graphs

Theorem 6.20 with G=K_nG=K_{\_}n implies that there is a function ff such that for every (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision HH of K_nK_{\_}n,

π(H)f(n,d),\pi(H)\geqslant f(n,d),

and lim_nf(n,d)=\lim_{\_}{n\rightarrow\infty}f(n,d)=\infty for all fixed dd. Nešetřil et al. [113] obtained reasonable bounds on ff, and indeed, for fixed d2d\geqslant 2, determined π(K_n(d))\pi(K_{\_}n^{(d)}) up to a constant factor.

Lemma 6.26 ([113]).

Let A1A\geqslant 1 and B2B\geqslant 2 and d2d\geqslant 2 be integers. If nABdn\leqslant A\cdot B^{d} then

π(K_n(d))A+8B.\pi(K_{\_}n^{(d)})\leqslant A+8B.
Proof.

Let (c_1,,c_d)(c_{\_}1,\dots,c_{\_}d) be a nonrepetitive sequence such that c_1=0c_{\_}1=0 and {c_2,c_3,,c_d}{1,2,3}\{c_{\_}2,c_{\_}3,\dots,c_{\_}d\}\subseteq\{1,2,3\}. Let \preceq be a total ordering of the original vertices of K_n(d)K_{\_}n^{(d)}. Since nABdn\leqslant A\cdot B^{d}, the original vertices of K_n(d)K_{\_}n^{(d)} can be labelled

{v=v_0,v_1,,v_d:1v_0A,1v_iB,1id}.\{v=\langle v_{\_}0,v_{\_}1,\dots,v_{\_}d\rangle:1\leqslant v_{\_}0\leqslant A,1\leqslant v_{\_}i\leqslant B,1\leqslant i\leqslant d\}.

Colour each original vertex vv by col(v):=v_0\operatorname{col}(v):=v_{\_}0. Consider a pair of original vertices vv and ww with vwv\prec w. If (v,r_1,r_2,,r_d,w)(v,r_{\_}1,r_{\_}2,\dots,r_{\_}d,w) is the transition from vv to ww, then for i[1,d]i\in[1,d], colour the division vertex r_ir_{\_}i by

col(r_i):=(δ(v_i,w_i),c_i,v_i),\operatorname{col}(r_{\_}i):=(\delta(v_{\_}i,w_{\_}i),c_{\_}i,v_{\_}i),

where δ(a,b)\delta(a,b) is the indicator function of a=ba=b. We say this transition is rooted at vv. Observe that the number of colours is at most A+24B=A+8BA+2\cdot 4\cdot B=A+8B.

Every transition is coloured

(x_0,(δ_1,c_1,x_1),(δ_2,c_2,x_2),,(δ_d,c_d,x_d),x_d+1)\big{(}x_{\_}0,(\delta_{\_}1,c_{\_}1,x_{\_}1),(\delta_{\_}2,c_{\_}2,x_{\_}2),\dots,(\delta_{\_}d,c_{\_}d,x_{\_}d),x_{\_}{d+1}\big{)}

for some x_0[1,A]x_{\_}0\in[1,A] and x_1,,x_d+1[1,B]x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}{d+1}\in[1,B] and δ_1,,δ_d{true,false}\delta_{\_}1,\dots,\delta_{\_}d\in\{\text{true},\text{false}\}. Every such transition is rooted at the original vertex x_0,x_1,,x_d\langle x_{\_}0,x_{\_}1,\dots,x_{\_}d\rangle. That is, the colours assigned to a transition determine its root.

Suppose on the contrary that P=(a_1,,a_2s)P=(a_{\_}1,\dots,a_{\_}{2s}) is a repetitively coloured path in K_n(d)K_{\_}n^{(d)}. Since every original vertex receives a distinct colour from every division vertex, for all i[s]i\in[s], a_ia_{\_}i is an original vertex if and only if a_i+sa_{\_}{i+s} is an original vertex, and a_ia_{\_}i is a division vertex if and only if a_i+sa_{\_}{i+s} is a division vertex.

By construction, every transition is coloured nonrepetitively. Thus PP contains at least one original vertex, implying {a_1,,a_s}\{a_{\_}1,\dots,a_{\_}s\} contains at least one original vertex. If {a_1,,a_s}\{a_{\_}1,\dots,a_{\_}s\} contains at least two original vertices, then {a_1,,a_s}\{a_{\_}1,\dots,a_{\_}s\} contains a transition (a_i,,a_i+d+1)(a_{\_}i,\dots,a_{\_}{i+d+1}), implying (a_s+i,,a_s+i+d+1)(a_{\_}{s+i},\dots,a_{\_}{s+i+d+1}) is another transition receiving the same tuple of colours. Thus (a_i,,a_i+d+1)(a_{\_}i,\dots,a_{\_}{i+d+1}) and (a_s+i,,a_s+i+d+1)(a_{\_}{s+i},\dots,a_{\_}{s+i+d+1}) are rooted at the same original vertex, implying PP is not a path.

Now assume there is exactly one original vertex a_ia_{\_}i in {a_1,,a_s}\{a_{\_}1,\dots,a_{\_}s\}. Thus a_s+ia_{\_}{s+i} is the only original vertex in {a_s+1,,a_2s}\{a_{\_}{s+1},\dots,a_{\_}{2s}\}. Hence (a_i,,a_s+i)(a_{\_}i,\dots,a_{\_}{s+i}) is a transition, implying s=d+1s=d+1. Without loss of generality, a_ia_s+ia_{\_}i\prec a_{\_}{s+i} and this transition is rooted at a_ia_{\_}i.

Let v:=a_iv:=a_{\_}i and w:=a_s+iw:=a_{\_}{s+i}. For j[1,d]j\in[1,d], the vertex a_i+ja_{\_}{i+j} is the jj-th vertex in the transition from vv to ww, and is thus coloured (δ(v_j,w_j),c_j,v_j)(\delta(v_{\_}j,w_{\_}j),c_{\_}j,v_{\_}j).

Suppose that is1i\leqslant s-1. Let xx be the original vertex such that the transition between ww and xx contains {a_s+i+1,,a_2s}\{a_{\_}{s+i+1},\dots,a_{\_}{2s}\}. Now

col(a_s+i+1)=col(a_i+1)=(δ(v_1,w_1),c_1,v_1).\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{s+i+1})=\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{i+1})=(\delta(v_{\_}1,w_{\_}1),c_{\_}1,v_{\_}1).

Since c_1c_dc_{\_}1\neq c_{\_}d, we have wxw\prec x. For j[1,si]j\in[1,s-i], the vertex a_s+i+ja_{\_}{s+i+j} is the jj-th vertex in the transition from ww to xx, and thus

(δ(w_j,x_j),c_j,w_j)=col(a_s+i+j)=col(a_i+j)=(δ(v_j,w_j),c_j,v_j).(\delta(w_{\_}j,x_{\_}j),c_{\_}j,w_{\_}j)=\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{s+i+j})=\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{i+j})=(\delta(v_{\_}j,w_{\_}j),c_{\_}j,v_{\_}j).

In particular, v_j=w_jv_{\_}j=w_{\_}j for all j[1,si]j\in[1,s-i]. Note that if i=si=s then this conclusion is vacuously true.

Now suppose that i2i\geqslant 2. Let uu be the original vertex such that the transition between uu and vv contains {a_1,,a_i1}\{a_{\_}1,\dots,a_{\_}{i-1}\}. Now

col(a_i1)=col(a_s+i1)=(δ(v_d,w_d),c_d,v_d).\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{i-1})=\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{s+i-1})=(\delta(v_{\_}d,w_{\_}d),c_{\_}d,v_{\_}d).

Since c_dc_1c_{\_}d\neq c_{\_}1, we have uvu\prec v. For j[si+1,d]j\in[s-i+1,d], the vertex a_i+jsa_{\_}{i+j-s} is the jj-th vertex in the transition from uu to vv, and thus

(δ(u_j,v_j),c_j,u_j)=col(a_i+js)=col(a_i+j)=(δ(v_j,w_j),c_j,v_j).(\delta(u_{\_}j,v_{\_}j),c_{\_}j,u_{\_}j)=\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{i+j-s})=\operatorname{col}(a_{\_}{i+j})=(\delta(v_{\_}j,w_{\_}j),c_{\_}j,v_{\_}j).

In particular, v_j=u_jv_{\_}j=u_{\_}j and δ(v_j,w_j)=δ(u_j,v_j)\delta(v_{\_}j,w_{\_}j)=\delta(u_{\_}j,v_{\_}j). Thus v_j=w_jv_{\_}j=w_{\_}j for all j[si+1,d]j\in[s-i+1,d]. Note that if i=1i=1 then this conclusion is vacuously true.

Hence v_j=w_jv_{\_}j=w_{\_}j for all j[1,d]j\in[1,d]. Now vv is coloured v_0v_{\_}0, and ww is coloured w_0w_{\_}0. Since v=a_iv=a_{\_}i and w=a_s+iw=a_{\_}{s+i} receive the same colour, v_0=w_0v_{\_}0=w_{\_}0. Therefore v_j=w_jv_{\_}j=w_{\_}j for all j[0,d]j\in[0,d]. That is, v=wv=w, which is the desired contradiction.

Therefore there is no repetitively coloured path in K_n(d)K_{\_}n^{(d)}. ∎

Theorem 6.27 ([113]).

For d2d\geqslant 2,

(n2)1/(d+1)π(K_n(d))9n1/(d+1).\left(\frac{n}{2}\right)^{1/(d+1)}\leqslant\pi(K_{\_}n^{(d)})\leqslant 9\lceil n^{1/(d+1)}\rceil.
Proof.

The lower bound follows from Lemma 6.23. The upper bound is Lemma 6.26 with B=(n/8)1/(d+1)B=(n/8)^{1/(d+1)} and A=8BA=8B. ∎

As mentioned earlier, Nešetřil et al. [113] showed that for a O(1)O(1)-colourable subdivision of K_nK_{\_}n, Θ(logn)\Theta(\log n) division vertices per edge is best possible.

Theorem 6.28.

For every nn\in\mathbb{N}, the (1+217log_2n)(1+2\lceil 17\log_{\_}2n\rceil)-subdivision of K_nK_{\_}n has a nonrepetitive 55-colouring. Conversely, if HH is a subdivision of K_nK_{\_}n and π(H)c\pi(H)\leqslant c then some edge of K_nK_{\_}n is subdivided at least log_c+3(n2)1\log_{\_}{c+3}(\frac{n}{2})-1 times.

Proof.

The upper bound follows from Theorem 6.10. For the lower bound, suppose that HH is a (d)(\leqslant d)-subdivision of K_nK_{\_}n and π(H)c\pi(H)\leqslant c. By Lemma 6.25, (n2)1/(d+1)3π(H)c(\frac{n}{2})^{1/(d+1)}-3\leqslant\pi(H)\leqslant c. That is, log_c+3n21d\log_{\_}{c+3}\frac{n}{2}-1\leqslant d. Hence some edge of HH is subdivided at least log_c+3(n2)1\log_{\_}{c+3}(\frac{n}{2})-1 times. ∎

Now consider nonrepetitive colourings of the 1-subdiivsion of K_nK_{\_}n. Nešetřil et al. [113] proved the following upper bound666The proof of Proposition 6.29 corrects an error in the proof in [113].

Proposition 6.29 ([113]).

For every nn\in\mathbb{N},

π(K_n(1))52n2/3+O(n1/3).\pi(K_{\_}n^{(1)})\leqslant\tfrac{5}{2}n^{2/3}+O(n^{1/3}).
Proof.

Let N:=n1/3N:=\lceil n^{1/3}\rceil. In K_N3K_{\_}{N^{3}}^{\prime}, let {i,k:1iN2,1kN}\{\langle i,k\rangle:1\leqslant i\leqslant N^{2},1\leqslant k\leqslant N\} be the original vertices, and let i,k;j,\langle i,k;j,\ell\rangle be the division vertex having i,k\langle i,k\rangle and j,\langle j,\ell\rangle as its neighbours.

Colour each original vertex i,j\langle i,j\rangle by A_iA_{\_}i. Colour each division vertex i,k;j,\langle i,k;j,\ell\rangle by B_k,B_{\_}{k,\ell} if i<ji<j. Colour each division vertex i,k;i,\langle i,k;i,\ell\rangle by C_k,C_{\_}{k,\ell} where k<k<\ell.

Suppose that PQPQ is a repetitively coloured path. Since original and division vertices are assigned distinct colours, |P||P| is even.

First suppose that |P|4|P|\geqslant 4. Then PP contains some transition TT. Observe that each transition is uniquely identified by the three colours that it receives. In particular, the only transition coloured A_iB_k,A_jA_{\_}iB_{\_}{k,\ell}A_{\_}j with i<ji<j is i,ki,k;j,j,\langle i,k\rangle\langle i,k;j,\ell\rangle\langle j,\ell\rangle. And the only transition coloured A_iC_k,A_iA_{\_}iC_{\_}{k,\ell}A_{\_}i is i,ki,k;i,i,\langle i,k\rangle\langle i,k;i,\ell\rangle\langle i,\ell\rangle. Thus TT is repeated in QQ, which is a contradiction.

Otherwise |P|=2|P|=2. Thus PQPQ is coloured A_iC_k,A_iC_k,A_{\_}iC_{\_}{k,\ell}A_{\_}iC_{\_}{k,\ell} for some k<k<\ell. But the only edges coloured A_iC_k,A_{\_}iC_{\_}{k,\ell} are the two edges in the transition i,ki,k;i,i,\langle i,k\rangle\langle i,k;i,\ell\rangle\langle i,\ell\rangle, which again is a contradiction

Hence there is no repetitively coloured path. The number of colours is N2+N2+(N2)52N252n2/3+O(n1/3)N^{2}+N^{2}+\binom{N}{2}\leqslant\frac{5}{2}N^{2}\leqslant\frac{5}{2}n^{2/3}+O(n^{1/3}). ∎

Open Problem 6.30.

What is π(K_n(1))\pi(K_{\_}n^{(1)})? Lemmas 6.23 and 6.29 imply (n2)1/2π(K_n(1))O(n2/3)(\frac{n}{2})^{1/2}\leqslant\pi(K_{\_}n^{(1)})\leqslant O(n^{2/3}). The slightly better lower bound π(K_n(1))n\pi(K_{\_}n^{(1)})\geqslant\sqrt{n} follows from the previously mentioned lower bound π(K_n(1))χs(K_n(1))n\pi(K_{\_}n^{(1)})\geqslant\chi_{\text{s}}(K_{\_}n^{(1)})\geqslant\sqrt{n} by Wood [146]. The best known upper bound is O(n2/3)O(n^{2/3}) in Proposition 6.29.

Open Problem 6.31 ([48]).

Is there a function ff such that π(G/M)f(π(G))\pi(G/M)\leqslant f(\pi(G)) for every graph GG and for every matching MM of GG, where G/MG/M denotes the graph obtained from GG by contracting the edges in MM? This would generalise the results in Section 6.3 about subdivisions (when each edge in MM has one endpoint of degree 2).

Open Problem 6.32.

Does every graph have a nonrepetitively 44-choosable subdivision? Even 33-choosable might be possible (although this is open even for paths).

7 Bounded Expansion

Nešetřil and Ossona de Mendez [112] introduced the notion of bounded expansion graph classes as a robust measure of graph sparsity. The main result in this section is that graphs with bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number have bounded expansion, as proved by Nešetřil, Ossona de Mendez, and Wood [113].

For rr\in\mathbb{N}, a graph HH is an rr-shallow minor of a graph GG if there is a set 𝒳\mathcal{X} of pairwise disjoint connected induced subgraphs of GG, each with radius at most rr, such that HH is isomorphic to a subgraph of the graph obtained from GG by contracting each subgraph in 𝒳\mathcal{X} into a vertex. For a graph GG, Nešetřil and Ossona de Mendez [112] defined _r(G)\nabla_{\_}r(G) to be the maximum, taken over all rr-shallow minors HH of GG, of the average degree of HH.

A graph class 𝒢\mathcal{G} has bounded expansion with bounding function ff if _r(G)f(r)\nabla_{\_}r(G)\leqslant f(r) for each G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G} and rr\in\mathbb{N}. We say 𝒢\mathcal{G} has linear expansion if, for some constant cc, for all rr\in\mathbb{N}, every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G} satisfies _r(G)cr\nabla_{\_}r(G)\leqslant cr. Similarly, 𝒢\mathcal{G} has polynomial expansion if, for some constant cc, for all rr\in\mathbb{N}, every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G} satisfies _r(G)crc\nabla_{\_}r(G)\leqslant cr^{c}. For example, when f(r)f(r) is a constant, 𝒢\mathcal{G} is contained in a proper minor-closed class. As f(r)f(r) is allowed to grow with rr we obtain larger and larger graph classes.

Bounded expansion classes can be characterised by excluded subdivisions. A rational number rr is a half-integer if 2r2r is an integer. For a half-integer rr, a graph HH is an rr-shallow topological minor of a graph GG if a (2r)(\leqslant 2r)-subdivision of HH is a subgraph of GG. Nešetřil and Ossona de Mendez [112] defined ~_r(G)\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G) to be the maximum of |E(H)||V(H)|\frac{|E(H)|}{|V(H)|} taken over all rr-shallow topological minors HH in GG.

Now add nonrepetitive chromatic number into the picture. Consider a graph GG. By definition, some subgraph GG^{\prime} of GG is a (2r)(\leqslant 2r)-subdivision of some graph HH with |E(H)||V(H)|=~_r(G)\frac{|E(H)|}{|V(H)|}=\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G). By Lemma 6.23,

|E(H)|2π(G)2r+1(|V(H)|c+12)<2π(G)2r+1|V(H)|.|E(H)|\leqslant 2\pi(G^{\prime})^{2r+1}(|V(H)|-\tfrac{c+1}{2})<2\pi(G^{\prime})^{2r+1}|V(H)|.

Since GG^{\prime} is a subgraph of GG, we have π(G)π(G)\pi(G^{\prime})\leqslant\pi(G). Thus

~_r(G)=|E(H)||V(H)|<2π(G)2r+12π(G)2r+1.\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G)=\frac{|E(H)|}{|V(H)|}<2\pi(G^{\prime})^{2r+1}\leqslant 2\pi(G)^{2r+1}. (10)

It follows from a result of Dvořák [55] that _r(G)\nabla_{\_}r(G) and ~_r(G)\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G) are equivalent in the sense that

~_r(G)_r(G)4(4~_r(G))(r+1)2.\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G)\leqslant\nabla_{\_}r(G)\leqslant 4(4\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G))^{(r+1)^{2}}. (11)

Equations 11 and 10 imply:

_r(G)4(8π(G)2r+1)(r+1)2.\displaystyle\nabla_{\_}r(G)\leqslant 4(8\pi(G)^{2r+1})^{(r+1)^{2}}.

This implies the following theorem:

Theorem 7.1 ([113]).

For each cc\in\mathbb{N} the class of graphs {G:π(G)c}\{G:\pi(G)\leqslant c\} has bounded expansion.

Nešetřil et al. [113] actually proved a stronger result that we now present. The idea originates in a notion of Dujmović and Wood [54], who defined a graph parameter α\alpha to be topological if for some function ff, every graph GG satisfies α(G)f(α(G(1)))\alpha(G)\leqslant f(\alpha(G^{(1)})) and α(G(1))f(α(G))\alpha(G^{(1)})\leqslant f(\alpha(G)), where G(1)G^{(1)} is the 11-subdivision of GG. For instance, tree-width and genus are topological, but chromatic number is not. Sightly more generally, Nešetřil et al. [113] defined a graph parameter α\alpha to be strongly topological if for some function ff, for every graph GG and every (1)(\leqslant 1)-subdivision HH of GG, we have α(G)f(α(H))\alpha(G)\leqslant f(\alpha(H)) and α(H)f(α(G))\alpha(H)\leqslant f(\alpha(G)). Lemmas 6.19 and 6.1(a) imply:

Theorem 7.2 ([113]).

π\pi is strongly topological.

Nešetřil et al. [113] characterised bounded expansion classes as follows. A graph parameter α\alpha is monotone if α(H)α(G)\alpha(H)\leqslant\alpha(G) for every subgraph HH of GG, and α\alpha is degree-bound if for some function ff, every graph GG has a vertex of degree at most f(α(G))f(\alpha(G)). Nešetřil et al. [113] characterised bounded expansion classes as follows:

Lemma 7.3 ([113]).

A graph class 𝒞\mathcal{C} has bounded expansion if and only if there exists a strongly topological, monotone, degree-bound graph parameter α\alpha and a constant cc such that 𝒞{G:α(G)c}\mathcal{C}\subseteq\{G:\alpha(G)\leqslant c\}.

By definition, π\pi is a monotone graph parameter. By Proposition 2.2, every graph GG has a vertex of degree at most 2π(G)22\pi(G)-2, implying that π\pi is degree-bound. Thus Lemma 7.3 is applicable with 𝒞={G:π(G)c}\mathcal{C}=\{G:\pi(G)\leqslant c\} where α\alpha is nonrepetitive chromatic number itself. In particular, Lemma 7.3 implies Theorem 7.1.

The following well-known folklore theorem takes this result further, and actually characterises bounded expansion classes in terms of nonrepetitive colourings.

Theorem 7.4.

A graph class 𝒢\mathcal{G} has bounded expansion if and only if there is a function ff such that for every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G} and every kk\in\mathbb{N}, there is an f(k)f(k)-colouring of GG with no repetitively coloured path on at most 2k2k vertices.

Proof.

The following definition is useful for the proof. A coloring of a graph GG is pp-centred if for every connected subgraph HH of GG, some color appears exactly once in HH or HH is assigned at least pp colours. Let χ_p(G)\chi_{\_}p(G) be the minimum number of colours in a pp-centred colouring of GG.

()(\Longrightarrow) (This direction is similar to a result of Grytczuk [70] about weak colouring numbers and a result of Yang [148] about transitive fraternal augmentations.) Let 𝒢\mathcal{G} be a graph class with bounded expansion. Nešetřil and Ossona de Mendez [112] proved that 𝒢\mathcal{G} has bounded χ_p\chi_{\_}p for every pp\in\mathbb{N}. That is, there exists a function ff (depending on the expansion function of 𝒢\mathcal{G}) such that χ_p(G)f(p)\chi_{\_}p(G)\leqslant f(p) for every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G}. Consider a (k+1)(k+1)-centred colouring ϕ\phi of a graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G} with at most f(k+1)f(k+1) colours. Let PP be a path in GG on at most 2k2k vertices. If PP is repetitively coloured by ϕ\phi, then no colour appears exactly once in PP, implying that PP is assigned at least k+1k+1 colours, which is impossible for a repetitively coloured path on at most 2k2k vertices. Thus paths with at most 2k2k vertices in GG are nonrepetitiely coloured.

()(\Longleftarrow) Let 𝒢\mathcal{G} be a graph class and let ff be a function such that for every graph G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G} and every kk\in\mathbb{N}, there is an f(k)f(k)-colouring of GG with no repetitively coloured path on at most 2k2k vertices. To show that ~_r(G)\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G) is bounded for G𝒢G\in\mathcal{G}, we use the argument at the start of this section. By definition, some subgraph GG^{\prime} of GG is a (2r)(\leqslant 2r)-subdivision of some graph HH with |E(H)||V(H)|=~_r(G)\frac{|E(H)|}{|V(H)|}=\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G). Let k:=4r+2k:=4r+2. By assumption, there is an f(k)f(k)-colouring of GG with no repetitively coloured path on at most 2k2k vertices. The same property holds for the subgraph GG^{\prime} of GG. By Lemma 6.24 with d=2rd=2r and 4d+4=2k4d+4=2k, we have ~_r(G)=|E(H)||V(H)|<2f(k)2r+1\widetilde{\nabla}_{\_}r(G)=\frac{|E(H)|}{|V(H)|}<2f(k)^{2r+1}. By Equation 11, _r(G)4(8f(k))2r+1)(r+1)2\nabla_{\_}r(G)\leqslant 4(8f(k))^{2r+1})^{(r+1)^{2}}, which is a function of rr. Hence 𝒢\mathcal{G} has bounded expansion. ∎

Many graph classes with bounded expansion also have bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number (such as planar graphs, graphs excluding a fixed minor, graphs excluding a fixed subdivision, (g,k)(g,k)-planar graphs, etc.) The following open problem is probably the most important direction for future research on nonrepetitive colourings.

Open Problem 7.5.

Do graphs of linear / polynomial / single exponential expansion have bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number? Single exponential expansion would be best possible here, since by Theorem 6.28, the o(logn)o(\log n)-subdivision of K_nK_{\_}n has unbounded π\pi. It is even possible that if a graph class 𝒞\mathcal{C} has bounded expansion with expansion function f(r)f(r), then for some constant cc, every graph G𝒞G\in\mathcal{C} satisfies

π(G)csup_rf(r)2/r\pi(G)\leqslant c\sup_{\_}rf(r)^{2/r} (12)

Note that graphs GG with maximum degree Δ\Delta have bounded expansion with expansion function f(r)Δrf(r)\leqslant\Delta^{r}. So if (12) holds, then π(G)csup_rΔ2\pi(G)\leqslant c\sup_{\_}r\Delta^{2}, implying (3). This is the reason for the 2 in (12). This question is highly speculative. Whether graphs with linear or polynomial expansion have bounded π\pi is already a challenging question. Note that Equation 12 was jointly formulated with Gwenaël Joret.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to János Barát, Vida Dujmović, Louis Esperet, Gwenaël Joret, Jakub Kozik, Jaroslav Nešetřil, Patrice Ossona de Mendez, Bartosz Walczak, Paul Wollan and Timothy Wilson, with whom I have collaborated on nonrepetitive graph colouring. Thanks to Louis Esperet, Kevin Hendrey, Robert Hickingbotham, Gwenaël Joret and Piotr Micek for insightful comments about this survey. Thanks to Arseny Shur for helpful discussions about reference [133]. Thanks to Timothy Chan for pointing out reference [142]. Thanks to Stéphan Thomassé for asking a good question.

References

  • Achlioptas et al. [2019] Dimitris Achlioptas, Fotis Iliopoulos, and Vladimir Kolmogorov. A local lemma for focused stochastic algorithms. SIAM J. Comput., 48(5):1583–1602, 2019. doi: 10.1137/16M109332X.
  • Albertson and Berman [1978] Michael O. Albertson and David M. Berman. An acyclic analogue to Heawood’s theorem. Glasgow Math. J., 19(2):163–166, 1978. doi: 10.1017/S001708950000358X.
  • Albertson et al. [2004] Michael O. Albertson, Glenn G. Chappell, H. A. Kierstead, André Kündgen, and Radhika Ramamurthi. Coloring with no 2-colored P_4P_{\_}4’s. Electron. J. Combin., 11(1):R26, 2004. doi: 10.37236/1779. MR: 2056078.
  • Allouche et al. [2009] Jean-Paul Allouche, Narad Rampersad, and Jeffrey Shallit. Periodicity, repetitions, and orbits of an automatic sequence. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 410(30-32):2795–2803, 2009. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2009.02.006.
  • Allouche and Shallit [1999] Jean-Paul Allouche and Jeffrey Shallit. The ubiquitous Prouhet-Thue-Morse sequence. In Sequences and their applications, Springer Ser. Discrete Math. Theor. Comput. Sci., pp. 1–16. Springer, 1999.
  • Alon and Grytczuk [2005] Noga Alon and Jarosław Grytczuk. Nonrepetitive colorings of graphs. Electronic Notes in Discrete Math., 22:353–355, 2005. doi: 10.1016/j.endm.2005.06.077.
  • Alon and Grytczuk [2008] Noga Alon and Jarosław Grytczuk. Breaking the rhythm on graphs. Discrete Math., 308:1375–1380, 2008. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2007.07.063. MR: 2392054.
  • Alon et al. [2002] Noga Alon, Jarosław Grytczuk, Mariusz Hałuszczak, and Oliver Riordan. Nonrepetitive colorings of graphs. Random Structures Algorithms, 21(3–4):336–346, 2002. doi: 10.1002/rsa.10057. MR: 1945373.
  • Alon and Marshall [1998] Noga Alon and Timothy H. Marshall. Homomorphisms of edge-colored graphs and Coxeter groups. J. Algebraic Combin., 8(1):5–13, 1998. doi: 10.1023/A:1008647514949.
  • Alon et al. [1991] Noga Alon, Colin McDiarmid, and Bruce Reed. Acyclic coloring of graphs. Random Structures Algorithms, 2(3):277–288, 1991. doi: 10.1002/rsa.3240020303.
  • Alon et al. [1996] Noga Alon, Bojan Mohar, and Daniel P. Sanders. On acyclic colorings of graphs on surfaces. Israel J. Math., 94:273–283, 1996. doi: 10.1007/BF02762708.
  • Amini et al. [2013] Omid Amini, Louis Esperet, and Jan van den Heuvel. A unified approach to distance-two colouring of graphs on surfaces. Combinatorica, 33(3):253–296, 2013. doi: 10.1007/s00493-013-2573-2.
  • Aprile [2014] Manuel Francesco Aprile. Constructive Aspects of Lovász Local Lemma and Applications to Graph Colouring. Master’s thesis, University of Oxford, 2014.
  • Barát and Czap [2013] János Barát and Július Czap. Facial nonrepetitive vertex coloring of plane graphs. J. Graph Theory, 74(1):115–121, 2013. doi: 10.1002/jgt.21695.
  • Barát and Varjú [2007] János Barát and Péter P. Varjú. On square-free vertex colorings of graphs. Studia Sci. Math. Hungar., 44(3):411–422, 2007. doi: 10.1556/SScMath.2007.1029. MR: 2361685.
  • Barát and Varjú [2008] János Barát and Péter P. Varjú. On square-free edge colorings of graphs. Ars Combin., 87:377–383, 2008. MR: 2414029.
  • Barát and Wood [2008] János Barát and David R. Wood. Notes on nonrepetitive graph colouring. Electron. J. Combin., 15:R99, 2008. doi: 10.37236/823. MR: 2426162.
  • Bernshteyn [2017] Anton Bernshteyn. The local cut lemma. European J. Combin., 63:95–114, 2017. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2017.03.005.
  • Berstel [1995] Jean Berstel. Axel Thue’s papers on repetitions in words : a translation. Université du Québec à Montréal, 1995.
  • Berstel [2005] Jean Berstel. Growth of repetition-free words—a review. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 340(2):280–290, 2005. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2005.03.039.
  • Berstel and Karhumäki [2003] Jean Berstel and J. Karhumäki. Combinatorics on words—a tutorial. Bull. Eur. Assoc. Theor. Comput. Sci. EATCS, 79:178–228, 2003.
  • Berstel and Perrin [2007] Jean Berstel and Dominique Perrin. The origins of combinatorics on words. European J. Combin., 28(3):996–1022, 2007. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2005.07.019.
  • Bissacot et al. [2011] Rodrigo Bissacot, Roberto Fernández, Aldo Procacci, and Benedetto Scoppola. An improvement of the Lovász local lemma via cluster expansion. Combin. Probab. Comput., 20(5):709–719, 2011. doi: 10.1017/S0963548311000253.
  • Blanchet-Sadri and Woodhouse [2013] Francine Blanchet-Sadri and Brent Woodhouse. Strict bounds for pattern avoidance. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 506:17–28, 2013. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2013.08.010.
  • Bodlaender [1998] Hans L. Bodlaender. A partial kk-arboretum of graphs with bounded treewidth. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 209(1-2):1–45, 1998. doi: 10.1016/S0304-3975(97)00228-4. MR: 1647486.
  • Borodin [1979] Oleg V. Borodin. On acyclic colorings of planar graphs. Discrete Math., 25(3):211–236, 1979. doi: 10.1016/0012-365X(79)90077-3. MR: 534939.
  • Bose et al. [2017] Prosenjit Bose, Vida Dujmović, Pat Morin, and Lucas Rioux-Maldague. New bounds for facial nonrepetitive colouring. Graphs Combin., 33(4):817–832, 2017. doi: 10.1007/s00373-017-1816-1.
  • Brešar et al. [2007] Boštjan Brešar, Jarosław Grytczuk, Sandi Klavžar, Stanisław Niwczyk, and Iztok Peterin. Nonrepetitive colorings of trees. Discrete Math., 307(2):163–172, 2007. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2006.06.017. MR: 2285186.
  • Brešar and Klavžar [2004] Boštjan Brešar and Sandi Klavžar. Square-free colorings of graphs. Ars Combin., 70:3–13, 2004. MR: 2023057.
  • Burris and Nelson [7172] S. Burris and E. Nelson. Embedding the dual of Π_\Pi_{\_}{\infty} in the lattice of equational classes of semigroups. Algebra Universalis, 1:248–253, 1971/72. doi: 10.1007/BF02944986.
  • Carmi et al. [2018] Paz Carmi, Vida Dujmović, and Pat Morin. Anagram-free chromatic number is not pathwidth-bounded. In Graph-theoretic concepts in computer science, vol. 11159 of Lecture Notes in Comput. Sci., pp. 91–99. Springer, 2018. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-00256-58.
  • Carpi [1998] Arturo Carpi. On the number of abelian square-free words on four letters. Discrete Appl. Math., 81(1-3):155–167, 1998. doi: 10.1016/S0166-218X(97)88002-X.
  • Cheilaris et al. [2010] Panagiotis Cheilaris, Ernst Specker, and Stathis Zachos. Neochromatica. Comment. Math. Univ. Carolin., 51(3):469–480, 2010. http://www.dml.cz/dmlcz/140723. MR: 2741880.
  • Chen et al. [2002] Zhi-Zhong Chen, Michelangelo Grigni, and Christos H. Papadimitriou. Map graphs. J. ACM, 49(2):127–138, 2002. doi: 10.1145/506147.506148. MR: 2147819.
  • Crochemore [1982] Max Crochemore. Sharp characterizations of squarefree morphisms. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 18(2):221–226, 1982. doi: 10.1016/0304-3975(82)90023-8.
  • Currie [1993] James Currie. Unsolved Problems: Open Problems in Pattern Avoidance. Amer. Math. Monthly, 100(8):790–793, 1993. doi: 10.2307/2324790.
  • Currie [2013] James Currie. Infinite ternary square-free words concatenated from permutations of a single word. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 482:1–8, 2013. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2013.03.001.
  • Currie [2002] James D. Currie. There are ternary circular square-free words of length nn for n18n\geqslant 18. Electron. J. Combin., 9(1):#N10, 2002. doi: 10.37236/1671. MR: 1936865.
  • Currie [2005] James D. Currie. Pattern avoidance: themes and variations. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 339(1):7–18, 2005. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2005.01.004. MR: 2142070.
  • Currie [2019] James D. Currie. Finite test sets for morphisms that are squarefree on some of Thue’s squarefree ternary words. J. Integer Seq., 22(8):19.8.2, 2019.
  • Czap et al. [2017] Július Czap, Stanislav Jendrol’, and Roman Soták. Facial anagram-free edge-coloring of plane graphs. Discrete Appl. Math., 230:151–155, 2017. doi: 10.1016/j.dam.2017.06.018.
  • Czerwiński and Grytczuk [2007] Sebastian Czerwiński and Jarosław Grytczuk. Nonrepetitive colorings of graphs. Electronic Notes in Discrete Math., 28:453–459, 2007. doi: 10.1016/j.endm.2007.01.063. MR: 2324051.
  • Diestel [2018] Reinhard Diestel. Graph theory, vol. 173 of Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer, 5th edn., 2018. MR: 3822066.
  • Ding and Oporowski [1995] Guoli Ding and Bogdan Oporowski. Some results on tree decomposition of graphs. J. Graph Theory, 20(4):481–499, 1995. doi: 10.1002/jgt.3190200412. MR: 1358539.
  • Dujmović et al. [2017] Vida Dujmović, David Eppstein, and David R. Wood. Structure of graphs with locally restricted crossings. SIAM J. Discrete Math., 31(2):805–824, 2017. doi: 10.1137/16M1062879.
  • Dujmović et al. [2020a] Vida Dujmović, Louis Esperet, Gwenaël Joret, Bartosz Walczak, and David R. Wood. Planar graphs have bounded nonrepetitive chromatic number. Advances in Combinatorics, 5, 2020a. doi: 10.19086/aic.12100.
  • Dujmović et al. [2013] Vida Dujmović, Fabrizio Frati, Gwenaël Joret, and David R. Wood. Nonrepetitive colourings of planar graphs with O(logn){O}(\log n) colours. Electron. J. Combin., 20(1):P51, 2013. doi: 10.37236/3153.
  • Dujmović et al. [2016] Vida Dujmović, Gwenaël Joret, Jakub Kozik, and David R. Wood. Nonrepetitive colouring via entropy compression. Combinatorica, 36(6):661–686, 2016. doi: 10.1007/s00493-015-3070-6.
  • Dujmović et al. [2019a] Vida Dujmović, Gwenaël Joret, Piotr Micek, Pat Morin, Torsten Ueckerdt, and David R. Wood. Planar graphs have bounded queue-number. In Proc. 60th Annual Symp. Foundations Comput. Sci. (FOCS ’19), pp. 862–875. IEEE, 2019a. doi: 10.1109/FOCS.2019.00056.
  • Dujmović et al. [2020b] Vida Dujmović, Gwenaël Joret, Piotr Micek, Pat Morin, Torsten Ueckerdt, and David R. Wood. Planar graphs have bounded queue-number. J. ACM, 2020b. doi: 10.1145/3385731.
  • Dujmović et al. [2005] Vida Dujmović, Pat Morin, and David R. Wood. Layout of graphs with bounded tree-width. SIAM J. Comput., 34(3):553–579, 2005. doi: 10.1137/S0097539702416141. MR: 2137079.
  • Dujmović et al. [2017] Vida Dujmović, Pat Morin, and David R. Wood. Layered separators in minor-closed graph classes with applications. J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 127:111–147, 2017. doi: 10.1016/j.jctb.2017.05.006. MR: 3704658.
  • Dujmović et al. [2019b] Vida Dujmović, Pat Morin, and David R. Wood. Graph product structure for non-minor-closed classes. 2019b. arXiv: 1907.05168.
  • Dujmović and Wood [2005] Vida Dujmović and David R. Wood. Stacks, queues and tracks: Layouts of graph subdivisions. Discrete Math. Theor. Comput. Sci., 7:155–202, 2005. http://dmtcs.episciences.org/346. MR: 2164064.
  • Dvořák [2008] Zdeněk Dvořák. On forbidden subdivision characterization of graph classes. European J. Combin., 29(5):1321–1332, 2008. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2007.05.008.
  • Dvořák et al. [2020] Zdeněk Dvořák, Tony Huynh, Gwenaël Joret, Chun-Hung Liu, and David R. Wood. Notes on graph product structure theory, 2020. arXiv:2001.08860.
  • Dębski et al. [2020] Michał Dębski, Jarosław Grytczuk, Barbara Nayar, Urszula Pastwa, Joanna Sokół, Michał Tuczyński, Przemysław Wenus, and Krzysztof Węsek. Avoiding multiple repetitions in Euclidean spaces. SIAM J. Discrete Math., 34(1):40–52, 2020. doi: 10.1137/18M1180347.
  • Ekhad and Zeilberger [1998] Shalosh B. Ekhad and Doron Zeilberger. There are more than 2n/172^{n/17} nn-letter ternary square-free words. J. Integer Seq., 1:98.1.9, 1998.
  • Erdős and Lovász [1975] Paul Erdős and László Lovász. Problems and results on 33-chromatic hypergraphs and some related questions. In Infinite and Finite Sets, vol. 10 of Colloq. Math. Soc. János Bolyai, pp. 609–627. North-Holland, 1975. https://www.renyi.hu/~p_erdos/1975-34.pdf. MR: 0382050.
  • Esperet and Parreau [2013] Louis Esperet and Aline Parreau. Acyclic edge-coloring using entropy compression. European J. Combin., 34(6):1019–1027, 2013. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2013.02.007.
  • Fertin et al. [2004] Guillaume Fertin, André Raspaud, and Bruce Reed. Star coloring of graphs. J. Graph Theory, 47(3):163–182, 2004. doi: 10.1002/jgt.20029. MR: 2089462.
  • Fiorenzi et al. [2011] Francesca Fiorenzi, Pascal Ochem, Patrice Ossona de Mendez, and Xuding Zhu. Thue choosability of trees. Discrete Applied Math., 159(17):2045–2049, 2011. doi: 10.1016/j.dam.2011.07.017. MR: 2832329.
  • Fomin et al. [2012] Fedor V. Fomin, Daniel Lokshtanov, and Saket Saurabh. Bidimensionality and geometric graphs. In Proc. 23rd Annual ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms, pp. 1563–1575. 2012. doi: 10.1137/1.9781611973099.124. MR: 3205314.
  • Gągol et al. [2016] Adam Gągol, Gwenaël Joret, Jakub Kozik, and Piotr Micek. Pathwidth and nonrepetitive list coloring. Electron. J. Comb., 23:P4.40, 2016. doi: 10.37236/5855.
  • Gonçalves et al. [2014] Daniel Gonçalves, Mickaël Montassier, and Alexandre Pinlou. Entropy compression method applied to graph colorings, 2014. arXiv: 1406.4380.
  • Gonçalves et al. [2020] Daniel Gonçalves, Mickael Montassier, and Alexandre Pinlou. Acyclic coloring of graphs and entropy compression method. Discrete Math., 343(4):111772, 2020. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2019.111772.
  • Grohe and Marx [2015] Martin Grohe and Dániel Marx. Structure theorem and isomorphism test for graphs with excluded topological subgraphs. SIAM J. Comput., 44(1):114–159, 2015. doi: 10.1137/120892234. MR: 3313569.
  • Grünbaum [1973] Branko Grünbaum. Acyclic colorings of planar graphs. Israel J. Math., 14:390–408, 1973. doi: 10.1007/BF02764716. MR: 0317982.
  • Grytczuk [2004] Jarosław Grytczuk. Thue type colorings of graphs. In Graph Theory 2004: A conference in memory of Claude Berge. 2004.
  • Grytczuk [2007a] Jarosław Grytczuk. Nonrepetitive colorings of graphs—a survey. Int. J. Math. Math. Sci., 74639, 2007a. doi: 10.1155/2007/74639. MR: 2272338.
  • Grytczuk [2007b] Jarosław Grytczuk. Nonrepetitive graph coloring. In Graph Theory in Paris, Trends in Mathematics, pp. 209–218. Birkhauser, 2007b.
  • Grytczuk [2008] Jarosław Grytczuk. Thue type problems for graphs, points, and numbers. Discrete Math., 308(19):4419–4429, 2008. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2007.08.039. MR: 2433769.
  • Grytczuk et al. [2015] Jarosław Grytczuk, Karol Kosiński, and MichałZmarz. How to play Thue games. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 582:83–88, 2015. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2015.03.036.
  • Grytczuk et al. [2016] Jarosław Grytczuk, Karol Kosiński, and Michał Zmarz. Nonrepetitive colorings of line arrangements. European J. Combin., 51:275–279, 2016. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2015.05.013.
  • Grytczuk et al. [2011a] Jarosław Grytczuk, Jakub Kozik, and Piotr Micek. Nonrepetitive games. 2011a. arXiv: 1103.3810.
  • Grytczuk et al. [2013a] Jarosław Grytczuk, Jakub Kozik, and Piotr Micek. A new approach to nonrepetitive sequences. Random Structures Algorithms, 42(2):214–225, 2013a. doi: 10.1002/rsa.20411.
  • Grytczuk et al. [2011b] Jarosław Grytczuk, Jakub Przybyło, and Xuding Zhu. Nonrepetitive list colourings of paths. Random Structures Algorithms, 38(1-2):162–173, 2011b. doi: 10.1002/rsa.20347. MR: 2768888.
  • Grytczuk et al. [2013b] Jarosław Grytczuk, Piotr Szafruga, and MichałZmarz. Online version of the theorem of Thue. Inform. Process. Lett., 113(5-6):193–195, 2013b. doi: 10.1016/j.ipl.2012.12.001.
  • Gutowski [2018] Grzegorz Gutowski. Every plane graph is facially-non-repetitively CC-choosable. Electron. J. Combin., 25:1.74, 2018. doi: 10.37236/7129.
  • Haeupler et al. [2011] Bernhard Haeupler, Barna Saha, and Aravind Srinivasan. New constructive aspects of the Lovász local lemma. J. ACM, 58(6):Art. 28, 2011. doi: 10.1145/2049697.2049702. http://dx.doi.org/10.1145/2049697.2049702.
  • Haranta and Jendrol [2012] Jochen Haranta and Stanislav Jendrol. Nonrepetitive vertex colorings of graphs. Discrete Math., 312(2):374–380, 2012. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2011.09.027. MR: 2852595.
  • Harris [2019] David G. Harris. Deterministic algorithms for the Lovász local lemma: simpler, more general, and more parallel. 2019. arXiv: 1909.08065.
  • Harris and Srinivasan [2017] David G. Harris and Aravind Srinivasan. Algorithmic and enumerative aspects of the Moser-Tardos distribution. ACM Trans. Algorithms, 13(3):33:1–33:40, 2017. doi: 10.1145/3039869.
  • Harvey and Wood [2017] Daniel J. Harvey and David R. Wood. Parameters tied to treewidth. J. Graph Theory, 84(4):364–385, 2017. doi: 10.1002/jgt.22030. MR: 3623383.
  • Harvey and Vondrák [2020] Nicholas J. A. Harvey and Jan Vondrák. An algorithmic proof of the lovász local lemma via resampling oracles. SIAM J. Comput., 49(2):394–428, 2020. doi: 10.1137/18M1167176.
  • Havet et al. [2011] Frédéric Havet, Stanislav Jendrol, Roman Soták, and Erika Škrabuláková. Facial non-repetitive edge-coloring of plane graphs. J. Graph Theory, 66(1):38–48, 2011. doi: 10.1002/jgt.20488.
  • Hendrey [2020] Kevin Hendrey. A counterexample to a conjecture on repetitively coloured walks in graphs. 2020.
  • Jendrol and Škrabuláková [2009] Stanislav Jendrol and Erika Škrabuláková. Facial non-repetitive edge colouring of semiregular polyhedra. Acta Univ. M. Belii Ser. Math., 15:37–52, 2009. http://actamath.savbb.sk/acta1503.shtml. MR: 2589669.
  • Kamčev et al. [2018] Nina Kamčev, Tomasz Łuczak, and Benny Sudakov. Anagram-free colourings of graphs. Combin. Probab. Comput., 27(4):623–642, 2018. doi: 10.1017/S096354831700027X.
  • Keränen [2009] Veikko Keränen. A powerful abelian square-free substitution over 4 letters. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 410(38-40):3893–3900, 2009. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2009.05.027.
  • Keszegh et al. [2014] Balázs Keszegh, Balázs Patkós, and Xuding Zhu. Nonrepetitive colorings of lexicographic product of graphs. Discrete Math. Theor. Comput. Sci., 16(2):97–110, 2014. http://dmtcs.episciences.org/2077.
  • Kobourov et al. [2017] Stephen G. Kobourov, Giuseppe Liotta, and Fabrizio Montecchiani. An annotated bibliography on 1-planarity. Comput. Sci. Rev., 25:49–67, 2017. doi: 10.1016/j.cosrev.2017.06.002. MR: 3697129.
  • Kok et al. [2016] Johan Kok, Erika Škrabuláková, and Naduvath Sudev. On new thue colouring concepts of certain graphs. 2016.
  • Kolipaka et al. [2012] Kashyap Kolipaka, Mario Szegedy, and Yixin Xu. A sharper local lemma with improved applications. In Approximation, Randomization, and Combinatorial Optimization. Algorithms and Techniques, vol. 7408 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pp. 603–614. 2012. http://www.springerlink.com/content/411621u1n0617681/.
  • Kostochka [1982] Alexandr V. Kostochka. The minimum Hadwiger number for graphs with a given mean degree of vertices. Metody Diskret. Analiz., 38:37–58, 1982. MR: 0713722.
  • Kostochka [1984] Alexandr V. Kostochka. Lower bound of the Hadwiger number of graphs by their average degree. Combinatorica, 4(4):307–316, 1984. doi: 10.1007/BF02579141. MR: 0779891.
  • Kozik and Micek [2013] Jakub Kozik and Piotr Micek. Nonrepetitive choice number of trees. SIAM J. Discrete Math., 27(1):436–446, 2013. doi: 10.1137/120866361.
  • Krauthgamer and Lee [2007] Robert Krauthgamer and James R. Lee. The intrinsic dimensionality of graphs. Combinatorica, 27(5):551–585, 2007. doi: 10.1007/s00493-007-2183-y.
  • Kündgen and Pelsmajer [2008] André Kündgen and Michael J. Pelsmajer. Nonrepetitive colorings of graphs of bounded tree-width. Discrete Math., 308(19):4473–4478, 2008. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2007.08.043. MR: 2433774.
  • Kündgen and Talbot [2017] André Kündgen and Tonya Talbot. Nonrepetitive edge-colorings of trees. Discrete Math. Theor. Comput. Sci., 19(1), 2017. http://dmtcs.episciences.org/3724.
  • Leech [1957] John Leech. A problem on strings of beads. The Mathematical Gazette, 41(338):277–278, 1957. https://www.jstor.org/stable/3610126.
  • Lih and Wang [2006] Ko-Wei Lih and Wei-Fan Wang. Coloring the square of an outerplanar graph. Taiwanese J. Math., 10(4):1015–1023, 2006. doi: 10.11650/twjm/1500403890.
  • Lothaire [2002] M. Lothaire. Algebraic combinatorics on words, vol. 90 of Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications. Cambridge University Press, 2002. doi: 10.1017/CBO9781107326019. A collective work by Jean Berstel, Dominique Perrin, Patrice Seebold, Julien Cassaigne, Aldo De Luca, Steffano Varricchio, Alain Lascoux, Bernard Leclerc, Jean-Yves Thibon, Veronique Bruyere, Christiane Frougny, Filippo Mignosi, Antonio Restivo, Christophe Reutenauer, Dominique Foata, Guo-Niu Han, Jacques Desarmenien, Volker Diekert, Tero Harju, Juhani Karhumaki and Wojciech Plandowski, With a preface by Berstel and Perrin.
  • Lothaire [2005] M. Lothaire. Applied combinatorics on words, vol. 105 of Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications. Cambridge University Press, 2005. doi: 10.1017/CBO9781107341005. A collective work by Jean Berstel, Dominique Perrin, Maxime Crochemore, Eric Laporte, Mehryar Mohri, Nadia Pisanti, Marie-France Sagot, Gesine Reinert, Sophie Schbath, Michael Waterman, Philippe Jacquet, Wojciech Szpankowski, Dominique Poulalhon, Gilles Schaeffer, Roman Kolpakov, Gregory Koucherov, Jean-Paul Allouche and Valérie Berthé, With a preface by Berstel and Perrin.
  • Manin [2007] Fedor Manin. The complexity of nonrepetitive edge coloring of graphs, 2007. arXiv: 0709.4497.
  • Marx and Schaefer [2009] Dániel Marx and Marcus Schaefer. The complexity of nonrepetitive coloring. Discret. Appl. Math., 157(1):13–18, 2009. doi: 10.1016/j.dam.2008.04.015. MR: 2479374.
  • Mhaskar and Soltys [2015] Neerja Mhaskar and Michael Soltys. Non-repetitive strings over alphabet lists. In WALCOM: algorithms and computation, vol. 8973 of Lecture Notes in Comput. Sci., pp. 270–281. Springer, 2015. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-15612-524.
  • Molloy and Reed [2002] Michael Molloy and Bruce Reed. Graph colouring and the probabilistic method, vol. 23 of Algorithms and Combinatorics. Springer, 2002.
  • Morse and Hedlund [1944] Marston Morse and Gustav A. Hedlund. Unending chess, symbolic dynamics and a problem in semigroups. Duke Math. J., 11:1–7, 1944. doi: 10.1215/S0012-7094-44-01101-4.
  • Moser and Tardos [2010] Robin A. Moser and Gábor Tardos. A constructive proof of the general Lovász local lemma. J. ACM, 57(2), 2010. doi: 10.1145/1667053.1667060.
  • Nešetřil and Ossona de Mendez [2003] Jaroslav Nešetřil and Patrice Ossona de Mendez. Colorings and homomorphisms of minor closed classes. In Boris Aronov, Saugata Basu, János Pach, and Micha Sharir, eds., Discrete and Computational Geometry, The Goodman-Pollack Festschrift, vol. 25 of Algorithms and Combinatorics, pp. 651–664. Springer, 2003. MR: 2038495.
  • Nešetřil and Ossona de Mendez [2012] Jaroslav Nešetřil and Patrice Ossona de Mendez. Sparsity, vol. 28 of Algorithms and Combinatorics. Springer, 2012. doi: 10.1007/978-3-642-27875-4. MR: 2920058.
  • Nešetřil et al. [2011] Jaroslav Nešetřil, Patrice Ossona de Mendez, and David R. Wood. Characterisations and examples of graph classes with bounded expansion. European J. Combin., 33(3):350–373, 2011. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2011.09.008. MR: 2864421.
  • Nešetřil and Raspaud [2000] Jaroslav Nešetřil and André Raspaud. Colored homomorphisms of colored mixed graphs. J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 80(1):147–155, 2000.
  • Novikov and Adjan [1968a] P. S. Novikov and S. I. Adjan. Infinite periodic groups. I. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat., 32:212–244, 1968a.
  • Novikov and Adjan [1968b] P. S. Novikov and S. I. Adjan. Infinite periodic groups. II. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat., 32:251–524, 1968b.
  • Novikov and Adjan [1968c] P. S. Novikov and S. I. Adjan. Infinite periodic groups. III. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat., 32:709–731, 1968c.
  • Ochem [2016] Pascal Ochem. Doubled patterns are 3-avoidable. Electron. J. Combin., 23:P1.19, 2016. doi: 10.37236/5618.
  • Pegden [2011] Wesley Pegden. Highly nonrepetitive sequences: winning strategies from the local lemma. Random Structures Algorithms, 38(1-2):140–161, 2011. doi: 10.1002/rsa.20354. MR: 2768887.
  • Peterin et al. [2018] Iztok Peterin, Jens Schreyer, Erika Fecková Škrabuláková, and Andrej Taranenko. A note on the Thue chromatic number of lexicographic products of graphs. Discuss. Math. Graph Theory, 38(3):635–643, 2018. doi: 10.7151/dmgt.2032. MR: 3811958.
  • Pezarski and Zmarz [2009] Andrzej Pezarski and Michał Zmarz. Non-repetitive 3-coloring of subdivided graphs. Electron. J. Combin., 16(1):N15, 2009. doi: 10.37236/253. MR: 2515755.
  • Pleasants [1970] Peter A. B. Pleasants. Non-repetitive sequences. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 68:267–274, 1970. doi: 10.1017/s0305004100046077.
  • Przybyło [2014] Jakub Przybyło. On the facial Thue choice index via entropy compression. J. Graph Theory, 77(3):180–189, 2014. doi: 10.1002/jgt.21781.
  • Przybyło et al. [2016] Jakub Przybyło, Jens Schreyer, and Erika Škrabuláková. On the facial Thue choice number of plane graphs via entropy compression method. Graphs Combin., 32(3):1137–1153, 2016. doi: 10.1007/s00373-015-1642-2.
  • Queffélec [2010] Martine Queffélec. Substitution dynamical systems—spectral analysis, vol. 1294 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, 2nd edn., 2010. doi: 10.1007/978-3-642-11212-6.
  • Rampersad [2011] Narad Rampersad. Further applications of a power series method for pattern avoidance. Electron. J. Combin., 18(1):P134, 2011. doi: 10.37236/621.
  • Reed [2003] Bruce A. Reed. Algorithmic aspects of tree width. In Bruce A. Reed and Cláudia L. Sales, eds., Recent Advances in Algorithms and Combinatorics, pp. 85–107. Springer, 2003.
  • Robertson and Seymour [1986] Neil Robertson and Paul Seymour. Graph minors. II. Algorithmic aspects of tree-width. J. Algorithms, 7(3):309–322, 1986. doi: 10.1016/0196-6774(86)90023-4. MR: 0855559.
  • Robertson and Seymour [2003] Neil Robertson and Paul Seymour. Graph minors. XVI. Excluding a non-planar graph. J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 89(1):43–76, 2003. doi: 10.1016/S0095-8956(03)00042-X. MR: 1999736.
  • Rosenfeld [2020] Matthieu Rosenfeld. Another approach to non-repetitive colorings of graphs of bounded degree. Electron. J. Combin., 27:P3.43, 2020. doi: 10.37236/9667.
  • Schreyer and Škrabuláková [2012] Jens Schreyer and Erika Škrabuláková. On the facial Thue choice index of plane graphs. Discrete Math., 312(10):1713–1721, 2012. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2012.01.023.
  • Schreyer and Škrabuláková [2015] Jens Schreyer and Erika Škrabuláková. Total Thue colourings of graphs. European J. Math., 1(1):186–197, 2015. doi: 10.1007/s40879-014-0016-2. MR: 3386233.
  • Shur [2010] Arseny M. Shur. Growth rates of complexity of power-free languages. Theoret. Comput. Sci., 411(34-36):3209–3223, 2010. doi: 10.1016/j.tcs.2010.05.017.
  • Škrabuláková [2015] Erika Škrabuláková. The Thue choice number versus the Thue chromatic number of graphs, 2015. arXiv: 1508.02559.
  • Spencer [7778] Joel Spencer. Asymptotic lower bounds for Ramsey functions. Discrete Math., 20(1):69–76, 1977/78. doi: 10.1016/0012-365X(77)90044-9.
  • Thomason [1984] Andrew Thomason. An extremal function for contractions of graphs. Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 95(2):261–265, 1984. doi: 10.1017/S0305004100061521. MR: 0735367.
  • Thomason [2001] Andrew Thomason. The extremal function for complete minors. J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 81(2):318–338, 2001. doi: 10.1006/jctb.2000.2013. MR: 1814910.
  • Thue [1906] Axel Thue. Über unendliche Zeichenreihen. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skr. I. Mat. Nat. Kl. Christiania, 7:1–22, 1906.
  • van den Heuvel and McGuinness [2003] Jan van den Heuvel and Sean McGuinness. Coloring the square of a planar graph. J. Graph Theory, 42(2):110–124, 2003. doi: 10.1002/jgt.10077.
  • Wanless and Wood [2020] Ian M. Wanless and David R. Wood. Exponentially many hypergraph colourings. 2020. arXiv: 2008.00775.
  • Wenus and Węsek [2016] Przemysław Wenus and Krzysztof Węsek. Nonrepetitive and pattern-free colorings of the plane. European J. Combin., 54:21–34, 2016. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2015.12.002.
  • Wikipedia [2020] Wikipedia. Arithmetico-geometric sequence. 2020. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arithmetico-geometric_sequence.
  • Wilson and Wood [2018a] Tim E. Wilson and David R. Wood. Anagram-free colorings of graph subdivisions. SIAM J. Discrete Math., 32(3):2346–2360, 2018a. doi: 10.1137/17M1145574.
  • Wilson and Wood [2018b] Tim E. Wilson and David R. Wood. Anagram-free graph colouring. Electron. J. Combin., 25:2.20, 2018b. doi: 10.37236/6267.
  • Wollan and Wood [2019] Paul Wollan and David R. Wood. Nonrepetitive colourings of graphs excluding a fixed immersion or topological minor. J. Graph Theory, 91(3):259–266, 2019. doi: 10.1002/jgt.22430.
  • Wood [2005] David R. Wood. Acyclic, star and oriented colourings of graph subdivisions. Discrete Math. Theor. Comput. Sci., 7(1):37–50, 2005. http://dmtcs.episciences.org/344. MR: 2164057.
  • Wood [2009] David R. Wood. On tree-partition-width. European J. Combin., 30(5):1245–1253, 2009. doi: 10.1016/j.ejc.2008.11.010. MR: 2514645.
  • Yang [2009] Daqing Yang. Generalization of transitive fraternal augmentations for directed graphs and its applications. Discrete Math., 309(13):4614–4623, 2009. doi: 10.1016/j.disc.2009.02.028.
  • Zhao and Zhu [2016] Huanhua Zhao and Xuding Zhu. (2+ϵ\epsilon)-nonrepetitive list colouring of paths. Graphs Combin., 32(4):1635–1640, 2016. doi: 10.1007/s00373-015-1652-0.